Device may be shutdown without the hardware being reinitialized, in
which case we want to ensure we cleanup properly.
This is especially important for kexec with traffic flowing.
The shutdown procedures resembles the remove procedures, so we can reuse
those common tasks.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error
messages could be propagated to the user.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default VFs are not trusted. Add ndo_set_vf_trust support to toggle
a new per-VF bit. Coupled with FW with this capability allows a
trusted VF to change its MAC even after being administratively set by
the PF. Also populate the trusted field on ndo_get_vf_config. Add the
same ndo to the representors.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Cascón <pablo.cascon@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent addition to NFP introduced a function that formats a string with
a size_t variable. This is formatted with %ld which is fine on 64-bit
architectures but produces a compile warning on 32-bit architectures.
Fix this by using the z length modifier.
Fixes: a6156a6ab0f9 ("nfp: flower: handle merge hint messages")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a couple of spelling mistakes in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD error
messages. Fix these.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Mukesh Ojha <mojha@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfp_flower_copy_pre_actions function introduces a case statement with
an intentional fallthrough. However, this generates a warning if built
with the -Wimplicit-fallthrough flag.
Remove the warning by adding a fall through comment.
Fixes: 1c6952ca58 ("nfp: flower: generate merge flow rule")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A merge flow is formed from 2 sub flows. The match fields of the merge are
the same as the first sub flow that has formed it, with the actions being
a combination of the first and second sub flow. Therefore, a merge flow
should replace sub flow 1 when offloaded.
Offload valid merge flows by using a new 'flow mod' message type to
replace an existing offloaded rule. Track the deletion of sub flows that
are linked to a merge flow and revert offloaded merge rules if required.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the merging of 2 sub flows, a new 'merge' flow will be created and
written to FW. The TC layer is unaware that the merge flow exists and will
request stats from the sub flows. Conversely, the FW treats a merge rule
the same as any other rule and sends stats updates to the NFP driver.
Add links between merge flows and their sub flows. Use these links to pass
merge flow stats updates from FW to the underlying sub flows, ensuring TC
stats requests are handled correctly. The updating of sub flow stats is
done on (the less time critcal) TC stats requests rather than on FW stats
update.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When combining 2 sub_flows to a single 'merge flow' (assuming the merge is
valid), the merge flow should contain the same match fields as sub_flow 1
with actions derived from a combination of sub_flows 1 and 2. This action
list should have all actions from sub_flow 1 with the exception of the
output action that triggered the 'implicit recirculation' by sending to
an internal port, followed by all actions of sub_flow 2. Any pre-actions
in either sub_flow should feature at the start of the action list.
Add code to generate a new merge flow and populate the match and actions
fields based on the sub_flows. The offloading of the flow is left to
future patches.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two flows can be merged if the second flow (after recirculation) matches
on bits that are either matched on or explicitly set by the first flow.
This means that if a packet hits flow 1 and recirculates then it is
guaranteed to hit flow 2.
Add a 'can_merge' function that determines if 2 sub_flows in a merge hint
can be validly merged to a single flow.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a merge hint is received containing 2 flows that are matched via an
implicit recirculation (sending to and matching on an internal port), fw
reports that the flows (called sub_flows) may be able to be combined to a
single flow.
Add infastructure to accept and process merge hint messages. The actual
merging of the flows is left as a stub call.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each flow is given a context ID that the fw uses (along with its cookie)
to identity the flow. The flows stats are updated by the fw via this ID
which is a reference to a pre-allocated array entry.
In preparation for flow merge code, enable the nfp_fl_payload structure to
be accessed via this stats context ID. Rather than increasing the memory
requirements of the pre-allocated array, add a new rhashtable to associate
each active stats context ID with its rule payload.
While adding new code to the compile metadata functions, slightly
restructure the existing function to allow for cleaner, easier to read
error handling.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The neighbour table in the FW only accepts next hop entries if the egress
port is an nfp repr. Modify this to allow the next hop to be an internal
port. This means that if a packet is to egress to that port, it will
recirculate back into the system with the internal port becoming its
ingress port.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW may receive a packet with its ingress port marked as an internal port.
If a rule does not exist to match on this port, the packet will be sent to
the NFP driver. Modify the flower app to detect packets from such internal
ports and convert the ingress port to the correct kernel space netdev.
At this point, it is assumed that fallback packets from internal ports are
to be sent out said port. Therefore, set the redir_egress bool to true on
detection of these ports.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it is assumed that fallback packets will be from reprs. Modify
this to allow an app to receive non-repr ports from the fallback channel -
e.g. from an internal port. If such a packet is received, do not update
repr stats.
Change the naming function calls so as not to imply it will always be a
repr netdev returned. Add the option to set a bool value to redirect a
fallback packet out the returned port rather than RXing it. Setting of
this bool in subsequent patches allows the handling of packets falling
back when they are due to egress an internal port.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent FW modifications allow the offloading of non repr ports. These
ports exist internally on the NFP. So if a rule outputs to an 'internal'
port, then the packet will recirculate back into the system but will now
have this internal port as it's incoming port. These ports are indicated
by a specific type field combined with an 8 bit port id.
Add private app data to assign additional port ids for use in offloads.
Provide functions to lookup or create new ids when a rule attempts to
match on an internal netdev - the only internal netdevs currently
supported are of type openvswitch. Have a netdev notifier to release
port ids on netdev unregister.
OvS offloads rules that match on internal ports as TC egress filters.
Ensure that such rules are accepted by the driver.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Write to a FW symbol to indicate that the driver supports flow merging. If
this symbol does not exist then flow merging and recirculation is not
supported on the FW. If support is available, add a stub to deal with FW
to kernel merge hint messages.
Full flow merging requires the firmware to support of flow mods. If it
does not, then do not attempt to 'turn on' flow merging.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF's control message handler seems like a good base to built
on for request-reply control messages. Split it out to allow
for reuse.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During probe we clear vNIC configuration in case the device
wasn't closed cleanly by previous driver. Move that code
before netdev init, so netdev init can already try to apply
its config parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Soon we will try to write to the vNIC mailbox without RTNL held.
Add a new mutex to protect access to specific parts of the PCI
control BAR.
Move the mailbox size checking to the mailbox lock() helper, where
it can be more effective (happen prior to potential overwrite of
other data).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the reconfig was a quick update, we could have results available from
firmware within 200us.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor comment merge conflict in mlx5.
Staging driver has a fixup due to the skb->xmit_more changes
in 'net-next', but was removed in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove implementation of get_port_parent_id ndo and rely on core calling
into devlink for the information directly.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set()
so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are
part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is
NULL.
Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more
switches according to the actual topology.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two reasons for this.
First, the xmit_more flag conceptually doesn't fit into the skb, as
xmit_more is not a property related to the skb.
Its only a hint to the driver that the stack is about to transmit another
packet immediately.
Second, it was only done this way to not have to pass another argument
to ndo_start_xmit().
We can place xmit_more in the softnet data, next to the device recursion.
The recursion counter is already written to on each transmit. The "more"
indicator is placed right next to it.
Drivers can use the netdev_xmit_more() helper instead of skb->xmit_more
to check the "more packets coming" hint.
skb->xmit_more is retained (but always 0) to not cause build breakage.
This change takes care of the simple s/skb->xmit_more/netdev_xmit_more()/
conversions. Remaining drivers are converted in the next patches.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the NSP provides the ability to read from the SFF modules'
EEPROM, we can use this interface to implement the ethtool callback.
If the NSP only provides partial data, we log the event from within
the driver but pass a success code to ethtool to prevent it from
discarding the partial data.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NSP now provides the ability to read from the SFF module EEPROM.
Note that even if an error occurs, the NSP may still provide some of the
data.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of flow_action_for_each pedit actions are no
longer grouped together, instead pedit actions are broken out per
32 byte word. This results in an inefficient use of the action list
that is pushed to hardware where each 32 byte word becomes its own
action. Therefore we combine groups of 32 byte word before sending
the action list to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer set CFI when pushing vlan tags, therefore we remove
the CFI bit from push vlan.
Fixes: 1a1e586f54 ("nfp: add basic action capabilities to flower offloads")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace vlan CFI bit with a vlan present bit that indicates the
presence of a vlan tag. Previously the driver incorrectly assumed
that an vlan id of 0 is not matchable, therefore we indicate vlan
presence with a vlan present bit.
Fixes: 5571e8c9f2 ("nfp: extend flower matching capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP reprs are software device on top of the PF's vNIC.
The comment above __dev_queue_xmit() sayeth:
When calling this method, interrupts MUST be enabled. This is because
the BH enable code must have IRQs enabled so that it will not deadlock.
For netconsole we can't guarantee IRQ state, let's just
disable netpoll on representors to be on the safe side.
When the initial implementation of NFP reprs was added by the
commit 5de73ee467 ("nfp: general representor implementation")
.ndo_poll_controller was required for netpoll to be enabled.
Fixes: ac3d9dd034 ("netpoll: make ndo_poll_controller() optional")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit() may return error codes as well as netdev_tx_t,
and it always consumes the skb. Make sure we always return a
correct netdev_tx_t value.
Fixes: eadfa4c3be ("nfp: add stats and xmit helpers for representors")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If nn->port is defined it means that devlink_port has been registered
for this port as well. Devlink core is handling the port name
formatting.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up patch is going to need a devlink port instance according to
a netdev. Devlink port instance should be always available when devlink
is used. So change the recently introduced ndo_get_devlink to
ndo_get_devlink_port. With that, adjust the wrapper for the only
user to get devlink pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the init/fini flow and register devlink port instance before
netdev. Now it is needed for correct behavior of phys_port_name
generation, but in general it makes sense to register devlink port
first.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to other driver, move the port type set after netdev registration
is done. Along with that, clear the type before unregistration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added IANA_VXLAN_UDP_PORT (4789) definition to vxlan header file so it
can be used by drivers instead of local definition.
Updated drivers which locally defined it as 4789 to use it.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Cc: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Move the definition of the default Geneve udp port from the geneve
source to the header file, so we can re-use it from drivers.
Modify existing drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
NFP driver ABI contains bits for L2 switching which were never
implemented in initially envisioned form.
Remove the defines, and open up the possibility of
reclaiming the bits for other uses.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The simple vNIC mailbox length should be 12 decimal and not 0x12.
Using a decimal also makes it clear this is a length value and not
another field within the simple mailbox defines.
Found by code inspection, there are no known firmware configurations
where this would cause issues.
Fixes: 527d7d1b99 ("nfp: read mailbox address from TLV caps")
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The management firmware now supports being passed a bundle with
multiple components to be stored in flash at once. This makes it
easier to update all components to a known state with a single
user command, however, this also has the potential to increase
the time required to perform the update significantly.
The management firmware only updates the components out of a bundle
which are outdated, however, we need to make sure we can handle
the absolute worst case where a CPLD update can take a long time
to perform.
We set a very conservative total timeout of 900s which already
adds a contingency.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer versions of NSP can access host memory. Simplest access
type requires all data to be in one contiguous area. Since we
don't have the guarantee on where callers of the NSP ABI will
allocate their buffers we allocate a bounce buffer and copy
the data in and out.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA version of NSP communication is coming, move the code which
copies data into the NFP buffer into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NSP expresses the buffer size in MB and 4 kB blocks. For small
buffers the kB part may make a difference, so count it in.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reporting twisted pair port type.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that devlink fallback will be called reliably, we can remove
the ethtool flashing code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support getting devlink instance from a new NDO.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is no longer necessary after a5084bb71f ("nfp: Implement
ndo_get_port_parent_id()")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP BPF JIT compiler is doing a couple of small optimizations when jitting
ALU imm instructions, some of these optimizations could save code-gen, for
example:
A & -1 = A
A | 0 = A
A ^ 0 = A
However, for ALU32, high 32-bit of the 64-bit register should still be
cleared according to ISA semantics.
Fixes: cd7df56ed3 ("nfp: add BPF to NFP code translator")
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The intended optimization should be A ^ 0 = A, not A ^ -1 = A.
Fixes: cd7df56ed3 ("nfp: add BPF to NFP code translator")
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Check mask fields of tcp and ip flags when setting the corresponding mask
flag used in hardware.
Fixes: 8f2566225a ("flow_offload: add flow_rule and flow_match")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink now allows updating device flash. Implement this
callback.
Compared to ethtool update we no longer have to release
the networking locks - devlink doesn't take them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-02-16
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) numerous libbpf API improvements, from Andrii, Andrey, Yonghong.
2) test all bpf progs in alu32 mode, from Jiong.
3) skb->sk access and bpf_sk_fullsock(), bpf_tcp_sock() helpers, from Martin.
4) support for IP encap in lwt bpf progs, from Peter.
5) remove XDP_QUERY_XSK_UMEM dead code, from Jan.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent cls_flower offload rewrite added a double new line.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently bpf_offload_dev does not have any priv pointer, forcing
the drivers to work backwards from the netdev in program metadata.
This is not great given programs are conceptually associated with
the offload device, and it means one or two unnecessary deferences.
Add a priv pointer to bpf_offload_dev.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The manufacturing team requests we include vendor and product
in the serial number field, as the serial number itself is not
unique across manufacturing facilities and products.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vendor may sound ambiguous, let's rename the fab string to
"board.manufacture" (which was just added as a generic identifier).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:
struct foo {
int stuff;
void *entry[];
};
size = sizeof(struct foo) + count * sizeof(void *);
instance = alloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:
instance = alloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL);
Notice that, in this case, variable size is not necessary, hence
it is removed.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static checker warning complains on uninitialized variable:
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/flower/action.c:618 nfp_fl_pedit()
error: uninitialized symbol 'idx'.
Which is actually never used from the functions that take it as
parameter. Remove it.
Fixes: 7386788175 ("drivers: net: use flow action infrastructure")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP only supports SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID, which makes it a
great candidate to be converted to use the ndo_get_port_parent_id() NDO
instead of implementing switchdev_port_attr_get().
Since NFP uses switchdev_port_same_parent_id() convert it to use
netdev_port_same_parent_id().
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates drivers to use the new flow action infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the flow_stats structure that acts as container for
tc_cls_flower_offload, then we can use to restore the statistics on the
existing TC actions. Hence, tcf_exts_stats_update() is not used from
drivers anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch wraps the dissector key and mask - that flower uses to
represent the matching side - around the flow_match structure.
To avoid a follow up patch that would edit the same LoCs in the drivers,
this patch also wraps this new flow match structure around the flow rule
object. This new structure will also contain the flow actions in follow
up patches.
This introduces two new interfaces:
bool flow_rule_match_key(rule, dissector_id)
that returns true if a given matching key is set on, and:
flow_rule_match_XYZ(rule, &match);
To fetch the matching side XYZ into the match container structure, to
retrieve the key and the mask with one single call.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shared buffer allocation is usually done in cell increments.
Drivers will either round up the allocation or refuse the
configuration if it's not an exact multiple of cell size.
Drivers know exactly the cell size of shared buffer, so help
out users by providing this information in dumps.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-02-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) introduce bpf_spin_lock, from Alexei.
2) convert xdp samples to libbpf, from Maciej.
3) skip verifier tests for unsupported program/map types, from Stanislav.
4) powerpc64 JIT support for BTF line info, from Sandipan.
5) assorted fixed, from Valdis, Jesper, Jiong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following ALU32 logic shift supports are missing:
BPF_ALU | BPF_LSH | BPF_X
BPF_ALU | BPF_RSH | BPF_X
BPF_ALU | BPF_RSH | BPF_K
For BPF_RSH | BPF_K, it could be implemented using NFP direct shift
instruction. For the other BPF_X shifts, NFP indirect shifts sequences need
to be used.
Separate code-gen hook is assigned to each instruction to make the
implementation clear.
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Shifts by zero do nothing, and should be treated as nops.
Even though compiler is not supposed to generate such instructions and
manual written assembly is unlikely to have them, but they are legal
instructions and have defined behavior.
This patch correct existing shifts code-gen to make sure they do nothing
when shift amount is zero except when the instruction is ALU32 for which
high bits need to be cleared.
For shift amount bigger than type size, already, NFP JIT back-end errors
out for immediate shift and only low 5 bits will be taken into account for
indirect shift which is the same as x86.
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Report versions of firmware components using the new NSP command.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Retrieve the FW versions with the new command.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report information about the hardware.
RFCv2:
- add defines for board IDs which are likely to be reusable for
other drivers (Jiri).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report the basic info through new devlink info API.
RFCv2:
- add driver name;
- align serial to core changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo entry[];
};
instance = kzalloc(sizeof(struct foo) + count * sizeof(struct boo), GFP_KERNEL);
Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:
instance = kzalloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL);
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-01-29
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Teach verifier dead code removal, this also allows for optimizing /
removing conditional branches around dead code and to shrink the
resulting image. Code store constrained architectures like nfp would
have hard time doing this at JIT level, from Jakub.
2) Add JMP32 instructions to BPF ISA in order to allow for optimizing
code generation for 32-bit sub-registers. Evaluation shows that this
can result in code reduction of ~5-20% compared to 64 bit-only code
generation. Also add implementation for most JITs, from Jiong.
3) Add support for __int128 types in BTF which is also needed for
vmlinux's BTF conversion to work, from Yonghong.
4) Add a new command to bpftool in order to dump a list of BPF-related
parameters from the system or for a specific network device e.g. in
terms of available prog/map types or helper functions, from Quentin.
5) Add AF_XDP sock_diag interface for querying sockets from user
space which provides information about the RX/TX/fill/completion
rings, umem, memory usage etc, from Björn.
6) Add skb context access for skb_shared_info->gso_segs field, from Eric.
7) Add support for testing flow dissector BPF programs by extending
existing BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN infrastructure, from Stanislav.
8) Split BPF kselftest's test_verifier into various subgroups of tests
in order better deal with merge conflicts in this area, from Jakub.
9) Add support for queue/stack manipulations in bpftool, from Stanislav.
10) Document BTF, from Yonghong.
11) Dump supported ELF section names in libbpf on program load
failure, from Taeung.
12) Silence a false positive compiler warning in verifier's BTF
handling, from Peter.
13) Fix help string in bpftool's feature probing, from Prashant.
14) Remove duplicate includes in BPF kselftests, from Yue.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements code-gen for new JMP32 instructions on NFP.
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add a verifier callback to the nfp JIT to remove the instructions
the verifier deemed to be dead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Verifier will now optimize out branches to dead code, implement
the replace_insn callback to take advantage of that optimization.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Instead of passing env->prog->len around, and trying to adjust
for optimized out instructions just save the initial number
of instructions in struct nfp_prog.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
We fail program loading if jump lands on a skipped instruction.
This is for historical reasons, it used to be that we only skipped
instructions optimized out based on prior context, and therefore
the optimization would be buggy if we jumped directly to such
instruction (because the context would be skipped by the jump).
There are cases where instructions can be skipped without any
context, for example there is no point in generating code for:
r0 |= 0
We will also soon support dropping dead code, so make the skip
logic differentiate between "optimized with preceding context"
vs other skip types.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Instruction number is meaningless at code gen phase. The target
of the instruction is overwritten by nfp_fixup_branches(). The
convention is to put the raw offset in target address as a place
holder. See cmp_* functions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
A MAC address is not necessarily a unique identifier for a netdev. Drivers
such as Linux bonds, for example, can apply the same MAC address to the
upper layer device and all lower layer devices.
NFP MAC offload for tunnel decap includes port verification for reprs but
also supports the offload of non-repr MAC addresses by assigning 'global'
indexes to these. This means that the FW will not verify the incoming port
of a packet matching this destination MAC.
Modify the MAC offload logic to assign global indexes based on MAC address
instead of net device (as it currently does). Use this to allow multiple
devices to share the same MAC. In other words, if a repr shares its MAC
address with another device then give the offloaded MAC a global index
rather than associate it with an ingress port. Track this so that changes
can be reverted as MACs stop being shared.
Implement this by removing the current list based assignment of global
indexes and replacing it with an rhashtable that maps an offloaded MAC
address to the number of devices sharing it, distributing global indexes
based on this.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to receive a MAC address change notification without the
net device being down (e.g. when an OvS bridge is assigned the same MAC as
a port added to it). This means that an offloaded MAC address may not be
removed if its device gets a new address.
Maintain a record of the offloaded MAC addresses for each repr and netdev
assigned a MAC offload index. Use this to delete the (now expired) MAC if
a change of address event occurs. Only handle change address events if the
device is already up - if not then the netdev up event will handle it.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP repr netdevs contain private data that can store per port information.
In certain cases, the NFP driver offloads information from non-repr ports
(e.g. tunnel ports). As the driver does not have control over non-repr
netdevs, it cannot add/track private data directly to the netdev struct.
Add infastructure to store private information on any non-repr netdev that
is offloaded at a given time. This is used in a following patch to track
offloaded MAC addresses for non-reprs and enable correct house keeping on
address changes.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a potential tunnel end point goes down then its MAC address should
not be matchable on the NFP.
Implement a delete message for offloaded MACs and call this on net device
down. While at it, remove the actions on register and unregister netdev
events. A MAC should only be offloaded if the device is up. Note that the
netdev notifier will replay any notifications for UP devices on
registration so NFP can still offload ports that exist before the driver
is loaded. Similarly, devices need to go down before they can be
unregistered so removal of offloaded MACs is only required on down events.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Potential MAC destination addresses for tunnel end-points are offloaded to
firmware. This was done by building a list of such MACs and writing to
firmware as blocks of addresses.
Simplify this code by removing the list format and sending a new message
for each offloaded MAC.
This is in preparation for delete MAC messages. There will be one delete
flag per message so we cannot assume that this applies to all addresses
in a list.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently MAC addresses of all repr netdevs, along with selected non-NFP
controlled netdevs, are offloaded to FW as potential tunnel end-points.
However, the addresses of VF and PF reprs are meaningless outside of
internal communication and it is only those of physical port reprs
required.
Modify the MAC address offload selection code to ignore VF/PF repr devs.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent additions to the flower app private data have grouped the variables
of a given feature into a struct and added that struct to the main private
data struct.
In keeping with this, move all tunnel related private data to their own
struct. This has no affect on functionality but improves readability and
maintenance of the code.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for multiple memory units which are used for filter
offloads. Each filter is assigned a stats id, the MSBs of the id are
used to determine which memory unit the filter should be offloaded
to. The number of available memory units that could be used for filter
offload is obtained from HW. A simple round robin technique is used to
allocate and distribute the ids across memory units.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QA tests report occasional timeouts on REIFY message replies. Profiling
of the two cmesg reply types under burst conditions, with a 12-core host
under heavy cpu and io load (stress --cpu 12 --io 12), show both PHY MTU
change and REIFY replies can exceed the 10ms timeout. The maximum MTU
reply wait under burst is 16ms, while the maximum REIFY wait under 40 VF
burst is 12ms. Using a 4 VF REIFY burst results in an 8ms maximum wait.
A larger VF burst does increase the delay, but not in a linear enough
way to justify a scaled REIFY delay. The worse case values between
MTU and REIFY appears close enough to justify a common timeout. Pick a
conservative 40ms to make a safer future proof common reply timeout. The
delay only effects the failure case.
Change the REIFY timeout mechanism to use wait_event_timeout() instead
of wait_event_interruptible_timeout(), to match the MTU code. In the
current implementation, theoretically, a signal could interrupt the
REIFY waiting period, with a return code of ERESTARTSYS. However, this is
caught under the general timeout error code EIO. I cannot see the benefit
of exposing the REIFY waiting period to signals with such a short delay
(40ms), while the MTU mechnism does not use the same logic. In the absence
of any reply (wakeup() call), both reply types will wake up the task after
the timeout period. The REIFY timeout applies to the entire representor
group being instantiated (e.g. VFs), while the MTU timeout apples to a
single PHY MTU change.
Signed-off-by: Fred Lotter <frederik.lotter@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already need to zero out memory for dma_alloc_coherent(), as such
using dma_zalloc_coherent() is superflous. Phase it out.
This change was generated with the following Coccinelle SmPL patch:
@ replace_dma_zalloc_coherent @
expression dev, size, data, handle, flags;
@@
-dma_zalloc_coherent(dev, size, handle, flags)
+dma_alloc_coherent(dev, size, handle, flags)
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org>
[hch: re-ran the script on the latest tree]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-12-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There is a merge conflict in test_verifier.c. Result looks as follows:
[...]
},
{
"calls: cross frame pruning",
.insns = {
[...]
.prog_type = BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
.errstr_unpriv = "function calls to other bpf functions are allowed for root only",
.result_unpriv = REJECT,
.errstr = "!read_ok",
.result = REJECT,
},
{
"jset: functional",
.insns = {
[...]
{
"jset: unknown const compare not taken",
.insns = {
BPF_RAW_INSN(BPF_JMP | BPF_CALL, 0, 0, 0,
BPF_FUNC_get_prandom_u32),
BPF_JMP_IMM(BPF_JSET, BPF_REG_0, 1, 1),
BPF_LDX_MEM(BPF_B, BPF_REG_8, BPF_REG_9, 0),
BPF_EXIT_INSN(),
},
.prog_type = BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
.errstr_unpriv = "!read_ok",
.result_unpriv = REJECT,
.errstr = "!read_ok",
.result = REJECT,
},
[...]
{
"jset: range",
.insns = {
[...]
},
.prog_type = BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
.result_unpriv = ACCEPT,
.result = ACCEPT,
},
The main changes are:
1) Various BTF related improvements in order to get line info
working. Meaning, verifier will now annotate the corresponding
BPF C code to the error log, from Martin and Yonghong.
2) Implement support for raw BPF tracepoints in modules, from Matt.
3) Add several improvements to verifier state logic, namely speeding
up stacksafe check, optimizations for stack state equivalence
test and safety checks for liveness analysis, from Alexei.
4) Teach verifier to make use of BPF_JSET instruction, add several
test cases to kselftests and remove nfp specific JSET optimization
now that verifier has awareness, from Jakub.
5) Improve BPF verifier's slot_type marking logic in order to
allow more stack slot sharing, from Jiong.
6) Add sk_msg->size member for context access and add set of fixes
and improvements to make sock_map with kTLS usable with openssl
based applications, from John.
7) Several cleanups and documentation updates in bpftool as well as
auto-mount of tracefs for "bpftool prog tracelog" command,
from Quentin.
8) Include sub-program tags from now on in bpf_prog_info in order to
have a reliable way for user space to get all tags of the program
e.g. needed for kallsyms correlation, from Song.
9) Add BTF annotations for cgroup_local_storage BPF maps and
implement bpf fs pretty print support, from Roman.
10) Fix bpftool in order to allow for cross-compilation, from Ivan.
11) Update of bpftool license to GPLv2-only + BSD-2-Clause in order
to be compatible with libbfd and allow for Debian packaging,
from Jakub.
12) Remove an obsolete prog->aux sanitation in dump and get rid of
version check for prog load, from Daniel.
13) Fix a memory leak in libbpf's line info handling, from Prashant.
14) Fix cpumap's frame alignment for build_skb() so that skb_shared_info
does not get unaligned, from Jesper.
15) Fix test_progs kselftest to work with older compilers which are less
smart in optimizing (and thus throwing build error), from Stanislav.
16) Cleanup and simplify AF_XDP socket teardown, from Björn.
17) Fix sk lookup in BPF kselftest's test_sock_addr with regards
to netns_id argument, from Andrey.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of conflicts, by happily all cases of overlapping
changes, parallel adds, things of that nature.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell, Saeed Mahameed, and others
for their guidance in these resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The top word of the constant can only have bits set if sign
extension set it to all-1, therefore we don't really have to
mask the top half of the register. We can just OR it into
the result as is.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The verifier will now understand the JSET instruction, so don't
mark the dead branch in the JIT as noop. We won't generate any
code, anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Previously the identifier used for indirect block callback registry and
for block rule cb registry (when done via indirect blocks) was the pointer
to the netdev we were interested in receiving updates on. This worked fine
if a single app existed that registered one callback per netdev of
interest. However, if multiple cards are in place and, in turn, multiple
apps, then each app may register the same callback with the same
identifier to both the netdev's indirect block cb list and to a block's cb
list. This can lead to EEXIST errors and/or incorrect cb deletions.
Prevent this conflict by using the app pointer as the identifier for
netdev indirect block cb registry, allowing each app to register a unique
callback per netdev. For block cb registry, the same app may register
multiple cbs to the same block if using TC shared blocks. Instead of the
app, use the pointer to the allocated cb_priv data as the identifier here.
This means that there can be a unique block callback for each app/netdev
combo.
Fixes: 3166dd07a9 ("nfp: flower: offload tunnel decap rules via indirect TC blocks")
Reported-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW team asks to be able to not support RED even if NIC is capable
of buffering for testing and experimentation. Add an opt-out flag.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-12-11
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
It has three minor merge conflicts, resolutions:
1) tools/testing/selftests/bpf/test_verifier.c
Take first chunk with alignment_prevented_execution.
2) net/core/filter.c
[...]
case bpf_ctx_range_ptr(struct __sk_buff, flow_keys):
case bpf_ctx_range(struct __sk_buff, wire_len):
return false;
[...]
3) include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
Take the second chunk for the two cases each.
The main changes are:
1) Add support for BPF line info via BTF and extend libbpf as well
as bpftool's program dump to annotate output with BPF C code to
facilitate debugging and introspection, from Martin.
2) Add support for BPF_ALU | BPF_ARSH | BPF_{K,X} in interpreter
and all JIT backends, from Jiong.
3) Improve BPF test coverage on archs with no efficient unaligned
access by adding an "any alignment" flag to the BPF program load
to forcefully disable verifier alignment checks, from David.
4) Add a new bpf_prog_test_run_xattr() API to libbpf which allows for
proper use of BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN with data_out, from Lorenz.
5) Extend tc BPF programs to use a new __sk_buff field called wire_len
for more accurate accounting of packets going to wire, from Petar.
6) Improve bpftool to allow dumping the trace pipe from it and add
several improvements in bash completion and map/prog dump,
from Quentin.
7) Optimize arm64 BPF JIT to always emit movn/movk/movk sequence for
kernel addresses and add a dedicated BPF JIT backend allocator,
from Ard.
8) Add a BPF helper function for IR remotes to report mouse movements,
from Sean.
9) Various cleanups in BPF prog dump e.g. to make UAPI bpf_prog_info
member naming consistent with existing conventions, from Yonghong
and Song.
10) Misc cleanups and improvements in allowing to pass interface name
via cmdline for xdp1 BPF example, from Matteo.
11) Fix a potential segfault in BPF sample loader's kprobes handling,
from Daniel T.
12) Fix SPDX license in libbpf's README.rst, from Andrey.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we did not ensure tcp flags have a place to be stored
when using IPv6. We correct this by including IPv6 key layer when
we match tcp flags and the IPv6 key layer has not been included
already.
Fixes: 07e1671cfc ("nfp: flower: refactor shared ip header in match offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts, seemingly all over the place.
I used Stephen Rothwell's sample resolutions for many of these, if not
just to double check my own work, so definitely the credit largely
goes to him.
The NFP conflict consisted of a bug fix (moving operations
past the rhashtable operation) while chaning the initial
argument in the function call in the moved code.
The net/dsa/master.c conflict had to do with a bug fix intermixing of
making dsa_master_set_mtu() static with the fixing of the tagging
attribute location.
cls_flower had a conflict because the dup reject fix from Or
overlapped with the addition of port range classifiction.
__set_phy_supported()'s conflict was relatively easy to resolve
because Andrew fixed it in both trees, so it was just a matter
of taking the net-next copy. Or at least I think it was :-)
Joe Stringer's fix to the handling of netns id 0 in bpf_sk_lookup()
intermixed with changes on how the sdif and caller_net are calculated
in these code paths in net-next.
The remaining BPF conflicts were largely about the addition of the
__bpf_md_ptr stuff in 'net' overlapping with adjustments and additions
to the relevant data structure where the MD pointer macros are used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF_X support needs indirect shift mode, please see code comments for
details.
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Use DEFINE_SHOW_ATTRIBUTE macro to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Yangtao Li <tiny.windzz@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW reconfiguration timeouts are a common indicator of FW trouble.
To make debugging easier print requested update and control word
when reconfiguration fails.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When troubleshooting incorrect FW capabilities it's useful to know
where the faulty TLV is located. Add offset to all errors messages.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW/HW can generally support the standard networking offloads
on representors without any trouble. Add the ability for FW
to advertise which features should be available on representors.
Because representors are muxed on top of the vNIC we need to listen
on feature changes of their lower devices, and update their features
appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we never needed to keep a networking locks around
representors accesses, we only accessed them when device was
reconfigured (under nfp pf->lock) or on fast path (under RCU).
Now we want to be able to iterate over all representors during
notifications, so make sure representor assignment is done
under RTNL lock.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our representors are software devices built on top of the PF
vNIC, the queuing should only happen at the vNIC netdevice.
Allow representors to run qdisc-less.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our representors are software devices built on top of the PF
vNIC, the only state they have are per-cpu stats, so make
the TX run locklessly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for TSO over representors make sure the port id
prepend will always fit in the frame. The current max header
length is 255, which is ample, so assume worst case scenario
of 8 byte prepend and save ourselves the conditionals.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO-related offsets in the descriptor should not include
the length of the prepended metadata. Adjust them. Note that
this could not have caused issues in the past as we don't
support TSO with metadata prepend as of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Michael Rapson <michael.rapson@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nd_q is only used at the very end of nfp_net_tx(), there is no need
to initialize it early.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move temporary variables in scope of the loop in nfp_net_tx_complete(),
and add a temp for txbuf software structure. This saves us 0.2% of CPU.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chained descriptors for fragments need to duplicate all the descriptor
fields of the skb head, so we copy the descriptor and then modify the
relevant fields. This is wasteful, because the top half of the descriptor
will get overwritten entirely while the bottom half is not modified at all.
Copy only the bottom half. This saves us 0.3% of CPU in a GSO test.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For flow offload adds, if the rhash insert code fails, the flow will still
have been offloaded but the reference to it in the driver freed.
Re-order the offload setup calls to ensure that a flow will only be written
to FW if a kernel reference is held and stored in the rhashtable. Remove
this hashtable entry if the offload fails.
Fixes: c01d0efa51 ("nfp: flower: use rhashtable for flow caching")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling nfp_compile_flow_metadata both assigns a stats context and
increments a ref counter on (or allocates) a mask id table entry. These
are released by the nfp_modify_flow_metadata call on flow deletion,
however, if a flow add fails after metadata is set then the flow entry
will be deleted but the metadata assignments leaked.
Add an error path to the flow add offload function to ensure allocated
metadata is released in the event of an offload fail.
Fixes: 81f3ddf254 ("nfp: add control message passing capabilities to flower offloads")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-11-26
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Extend BTF to support function call types and improve the BPF
symbol handling with this info for kallsyms and bpftool program
dump to make debugging easier, from Martin and Yonghong.
2) Optimize LPM lookups by making longest_prefix_match() handle
multiple bytes at a time, from Eric.
3) Adds support for loading and attaching flow dissector BPF progs
from bpftool, from Stanislav.
4) Extend the sk_lookup() helper to be supported from XDP, from Nitin.
5) Enable verifier to support narrow context loads with offset > 0
to adapt to LLVM code generation (currently only offset of 0 was
supported). Add test cases as well, from Andrey.
6) Simplify passing device functions for offloaded BPF progs by
adding callbacks to bpf_prog_offload_ops instead of ndo_bpf.
Also convert nfp and netdevsim to make use of them, from Quentin.
7) Add support for sock_ops based BPF programs to send events to
the perf ring-buffer through perf_event_output helper, from
Sowmini and Daniel.
8) Add read / write support for skb->tstamp from tc BPF and cg BPF
programs to allow for supporting rate-limiting in EDT qdiscs
like fq from BPF side, from Vlad.
9) Extend libbpf API to support map in map types and add test cases
for it as well to BPF kselftests, from Nikita.
10) Account the maximum packet offset accessed by a BPF program in
the verifier and use it for optimizing nfp JIT, from Jiong.
11) Fix error handling regarding kprobe_events in BPF sample loader,
from Daniel T.
12) Add support for queue and stack map type in bpftool, from David.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Original FW only allowed us to perform ECN marking. Newer releases
also support plain old drop. Add the ability to configure drop
policy. This is particularly useful in combination with GRED,
because different bands can have different ECN marking setting.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use offload of very simple u32 filters to direct packets to GRED
bands based on the DSCP marking. No u32 hashing is supported,
just plain simple filters matching on ToS or Priority with
appropriate mask device can support.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Learn how to set the DSCP map. FW uses a packed array which
geometry depends on the number of supported priorities and
virtual queues. Write code to assemble this map and to communicate
the setting to the FW via mailbox.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for PRIO offload calculate how long the prio map
for FW will be and make sure the configuration can be performed
via the vNIC mailbox.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for GRED offload. It behaves much like RED, but
can apply different parameters to different bands. GRED operates
pretty much exactly like our HW/FW with a single FIFO and different
RED state instances.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrap RED parameters and stats into a structure, and a 1-element
array. Upcoming GRED offload will add the support for more bands.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add up stats for all bands for the extra ethtool statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In PRIO-enabled FW read the statistics from per-band symbol, rather
than from the standard per-PCIe-queue counters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure the threshold table is large enough to hold information
for all bands.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for per-band RED offload pass band parameter to
functions. For now it will always be 0.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for multi-band RED offload if FW is capable map
the extended symbols which will allow us to set per-band parameters
and read stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation of handling more Qdisc types switch to a different
offload strategy. We have now recreated the Qdisc hierarchy in
the driver. Every time the hierarchy changes parse it, and update
the configuration of the HW accordingly.
While at it drop the support of pretending that we can instantiate
a single queue on a multi-queue device in HW/FW. MQ is now required,
and each queue will have its own instance of RED.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new driver Qdisc structure to keep track of parameters
of RED Qdiscs. This way as the Qdisc moves around in the hierarchy
we will be able to configure the HW appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RED qdisc will replace its child Qdisc with a new FIFO queue if
it is reconfigured and the limit parameter is not 0.
This means that when it's created with limit of 0 it will have no FIFO,
and all packets will be dropped. If it's changed and limit is specified
it will loose its existing child (implicit graft). Make sure we mark
RED Qdisc child as NFP_QDISC_UNTRACKED if its not the expected FIFO.
nfp_abm_qdisc_replace() will return 1 if Qdisc already existed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using graft notifications recreate in the driver the full Qdisc
hierarchy. Keep track of how many times each Qdisc is attached
to the hierarchy to make sure we don't offload Qdiscs which are
attached multiple times (device queues can't be shared). For
graft events of Qdiscs we don't know exist make the child as
invalid/untracked.
Note that MQ Qdisc doesn't send destruction events reliably when
device is dismantled, so we need to manually clean out the
children otherwise we'd think Qdiscs which are still in use
are getting freed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To keep track of Qdisc hierarchy allocate a table for children
for each Qdisc. RED Qdisc can only have one child.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep track of which Qdisc is currently root. We need to implement
TC_SETUP_ROOT_QDISC handling, and for completeness also clear the
root Qdisc pointer when it's freed. TC_SETUP_ROOT_QDISC isn't always
sent when device is dismantled.
Remembering the root Qdisc will allow us to build the entire hierarchy
in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate an object corresponding to any offloaded qdisc we are
informed about by the kernel. Not only the qdiscs we have a
chance of offloading.
The count of created objects will be used to decide whether
the ethtool TC offload can be disabled, since otherwise we may
miss destroy commands.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of writing the threshold out when Qdisc is configured
and not remembering it move to a scheme where we remember all
thresholds. When configuration changes parse the offloaded
Qdiscs and set thresholds appropriately.
This will help future extensions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename qdiscs member to red_qdiscs. One of following patches will
use the name qdiscs for tracking all qdisc types.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes to NFP mean that stats updates from fw to driver no longer
require a flow lookup and (because egdev offload has been removed) the
ingress netdev for a lookup is now always known.
Remove obsolete code in a flow lookup that matches on host context and
that allows for a netdev to be NULL.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, only tunnel decap rules required egdev registration for
offload in NFP. These are now supported via indirect TC block callbacks.
Remove the egdev code from NFP.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, TC block tunnel decap rules were only offloaded when a
callback was triggered through registration of the rules egress device.
This meant that the driver had no access to the ingress netdev and so
could not verify it was the same tunnel type that the rule implied.
Register tunnel devices for indirect TC block offloads in NFP, giving
access to new rules based on the ingress device rather than egress. Use
this to verify the netdev type of VXLAN and Geneve based rules and offload
the rules to HW if applicable.
Tunnel registration is done via a netdev notifier. On notifier
registration, this is triggered for already existing netdevs. This means
that NFP can register for offloads from devices that exist before it is
loaded (filter rules will be replayed from the TC core). Similarly, on
notifier unregister, a call is triggered for each currently active netdev.
This allows the driver to unregister any indirect block callbacks that may
still be active.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both the actions and tunnel_conf files contain local functions that check
the type of an input netdev. In preparation for re-use with tunnel offload
via indirect blocks, move these to static inline functions in a header
file.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously the offload functions in NFP assumed that the ingress (or
egress) netdev passed to them was an nfp repr.
Modify the driver to permit the passing of non repr netdevs as the ingress
device for an offload rule candidate. This may include devices such as
tunnels. The driver should then base its offload decision on a combination
of ingress device and egress port for a rule.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel functions to prepare verifier and translate for offloaded
program retrieve "offload" from "prog", and "netdev" from "offload".
Then both "prog" and "netdev" are passed to the callbacks.
Simplify this by letting the drivers retrieve the net device themselves
from the offload object attached to prog - if they need it at all. There
is currently no need to pass the netdev as an argument to those
functions.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Function bpf_prog_offload_verifier_prep(), called from the kernel BPF
verifier to run a driver-specific callback for preparing for the
verification step for offloaded programs, takes a pointer to a struct
bpf_verifier_env object. However, no driver callback needs the whole
structure at this time: the two drivers supporting this, nfp and
netdevsim, only need a pointer to the struct bpf_prog instance held by
env.
Update the callback accordingly, on kernel side and in these two
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
As part of the transition from ndo_bpf() to callbacks attached to struct
bpf_offload_dev for some of the eBPF offload operations, move the
functions related to program destruction to the struct and remove the
subcommand that was used to call them through the NDO.
Remove function __bpf_offload_ndo(), which is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
As part of the transition from ndo_bpf() to callbacks attached to struct
bpf_offload_dev for some of the eBPF offload operations, move the
functions related to code translation to the struct and remove the
subcommand that was used to call them through the NDO.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
In a way similar to the change previously brought to the verify_insn
hook and to the finalize callback, switch to the newly added ops in
struct bpf_prog_offload for calling the functions used to prepare driver
verifiers.
Since the dev_ops pointer in struct bpf_prog_offload is no longer used
by any callback, we can now remove it from struct bpf_prog_offload.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
For passing device functions for offloaded eBPF programs, there used to
be no place where to store the pointer without making the non-offloaded
programs pay a memory price.
As a consequence, three functions were called with ndo_bpf() through
specific commands. Now that we have struct bpf_offload_dev, and since
none of those operations rely on RTNL, we can turn these three commands
into hooks inside the struct bpf_prog_offload_ops, and pass them as part
of bpf_offload_dev_create().
This commit effectively passes a pointer to the struct to
bpf_offload_dev_create(). We temporarily have two struct
bpf_prog_offload_ops instances, one under offdev->ops and one under
offload->dev_ops. The next patches will make the transition towards the
former, so that offload->dev_ops can be removed, and callbacks relying
on ndo_bpf() added to offdev->ops as well.
While at it, rename "nfp_bpf_analyzer_ops" as "nfp_bpf_dev_ops" (and
similarly for netdevsim).
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
We are about to add several new callbacks to the struct, all of them
defined in offload.c. Move the struct bpf_prog_offload_ops object in
that file. As a consequence, nfp_verify_insn() and nfp_finalize() can no
longer be static.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
__netdev_tx_sent_queue() was added in commit e59020abf0f
("net: bql: add __netdev_tx_sent_queue()") and allows for
better GSO performance.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP is refusing to offload programs whenever the MTU is set to a value
larger than the max packet bytes that fits in NFP Cluster Target Memory
(CTM). However, a eBPF program doesn't always need to access the whole
packet data.
Verifier has always calculated maximum direct packet access (DPA) offset,
and kept it in max_pkt_offset inside prog auxiliar information. This patch
relax prog rejection based on max_pkt_offset.
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
RED Qdisc will now inform the drivers about the state of the harddrop
flag. Refuse to offload in case harddrop is set.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turns out the threshold value is used in signed compares in the FW,
so we should avoid setting the top bit.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve log messages printed when RED can't be offloaded because
of Qdisc parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain cases initialization logic which follows allocation of
the vNIC structure may want to validate the capabilities of that vNIC.
This is easy before vNIC is initialized for normal capabilities which
are at fixed offsets in control memory, easy to locate and read, but
poses a challenge if the capabilities are in form of TLVs. Parse
the TLVs early on so other code can just access parsed info, instead
of having to do the parsing by itself.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move setting ctrl_bar pointer to the nfp_net_alloc function,
to make sure we can parse capabilities early in the following
patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Qdisc offload code is logically separate, and we will soon
do significant surgery on it to support more Qdiscs, so move
it to a separate file.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload of geneve decap rules is supported in NFP. Include geneve in the
check for supported types.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the recently added VXLAN and geneve helper functions to
determine the type of the netdev from its rtnl_link_ops.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use driver's common notifier for LAG and tunnel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code interested in networking events registers its own notifier
handlers. Create one device-wide notifier instance.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_fl_lag_changels_event() never fails, and therefore we would
never return NOTIFY_BAD for NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE. Make this
clearer by changing nfp_fl_lag_changels_event()'s return type
to void.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Returning an error from a notifier means we want to veto the change.
We shouldn't veto NETDEV_UNREGISTER just because we couldn't find
the tracking info for given master.
I can't seem to find a way to trigger this unless we have some
other bug, so it's probably not fix-worthy.
While at it move the checking if the netdev really is of interest
into the handling functions, like we do for other events.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For flower tunnel offloads FW has to be informed about MAC addresses
of tunnel devices. We use a netdev notifier to keep track of these
addresses.
Remove unnecessary loop over netdevices after notifier is registered.
The intention of the loop was to catch devices which already existed
on the system before nfp driver got loaded, but netdev notifier will
replay NETDEV_REGISTER events.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ipv6 set flow label and hop limit action offload. Since pedit sets
headers per 4 byte word, we need to ensure that setting either version,
priority, payload_len or nexthdr does not get offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ipv4 set ttl and tos action offload. Since pedit sets headers per 4
byte word, we need to ensure that setting either version, ihl, protocol,
total length or checksum does not get offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-10-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Implement two new kind of BPF maps, that is, queue and stack
map along with new peek, push and pop operations, from Mauricio.
2) Add support for MSG_PEEK flag when redirecting into an ingress
psock sk_msg queue, and add a new helper bpf_msg_push_data() for
insert data into the message, from John.
3) Allow for BPF programs of type BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB to use
direct packet access for __skb_buff, from Song.
4) Use more lightweight barriers for walking perf ring buffer for
libbpf and perf tool as well. Also, various fixes and improvements
from verifier side, from Daniel.
5) Add per-symbol visibility for DSO in libbpf and hide by default
global symbols such as netlink related functions, from Andrey.
6) Two improvements to nfp's BPF offload to check vNIC capabilities
in case prog is shared with multiple vNICs and to protect against
mis-initializing atomic counters, from Jakub.
7) Fix for bpftool to use 4 context mode for the nfp disassembler,
also from Jakub.
8) Fix a return value comparison in test_libbpf.sh and add several
bpftool improvements in bash completion, documentation of bpf fs
restrictions and batch mode summary print, from Quentin.
9) Fix a file resource leak in BPF selftest's load_kallsyms()
helper, from Peng.
10) Fix an unused variable warning in map_lookup_and_delete_elem(),
from Alexei.
11) Fix bpf_skb_adjust_room() signature in BPF UAPI helper doc,
from Nicolas.
12) Add missing executables to .gitignore in BPF selftests, from Anders.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/cls_api.c has overlapping changes to a call to
nlmsg_parse(), one (from 'net') added rtm_tca_policy instead of NULL
to the 5th argument, and another (from 'net-next') added cb->extack
instead of NULL to the 6th argument.
net/ipv4/ipmr_base.c is a case of a bug fix in 'net' being done to
code which moved (to mr_table_dump)) in 'net-next'. Thanks to David
Ahern for the heads up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to determine whether a netdev is a VxLAN netdev by
calling the above mentioned function that checks the netdev's
rtnl_link_ops.
This will allow modules to identify netdev events involving a VxLAN
netdev and act accordingly. For example, drivers capable of VxLAN
offload will need to configure the underlying device when a VxLAN netdev
is being enslaved to an offloaded bridge.
Convert nfp to use the newly introduced helper.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Program translation stage checks that program can be offloaded to
the netdev which was passed during the load (bpf_attr->prog_ifindex).
After program sharing was introduced, however, the netdev on which
program is loaded can theoretically be different, and therefore
we should recheck the program size and max stack size at load time.
This was found by code inspection, AFAIK today all vNICs have
identical caps.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Atomic operations on the NFP are currently always in big endian.
The driver keeps track of regions of memory storing atomic values
and byte swaps them accordingly. There are corner cases where
the map values may be initialized before the driver knows they
are used as atomic counters. This can happen either when the
datapath is performing the update and the stack contents are
unknown or when map is updated before the program which will
use it for atomic values is loaded.
To avoid situation where user initializes the value to 0 1 2 3
and then after loading a program which uses the word as an atomic
counter starts reading 3 2 1 0 - only allow atomic counters to be
initialized to endian-neutral values.
For updates from the datapath the stack information may not be
as precise, so just allow initializing such values to 0.
Example code which would break:
struct bpf_map_def SEC("maps") rxcnt = {
.type = BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH,
.key_size = sizeof(__u32),
.value_size = sizeof(__u64),
.max_entries = 1,
};
int xdp_prog1()
{
__u64 nonzeroval = 3;
__u32 key = 0;
__u64 *value;
value = bpf_map_lookup_elem(&rxcnt, &key);
if (!value)
bpf_map_update_elem(&rxcnt, &key, &nonzeroval, BPF_ANY);
else
__sync_fetch_and_add(value, 1);
return XDP_PASS;
}
$ offload bpftool map dump
key: 00 00 00 00 value: 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 00
should be:
$ offload bpftool map dump
key: 00 00 00 00 value: 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Reported-by: David Beckett <david.beckett@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Previously when populating the set ipv6 address action, we incorrectly
made use of pedit's key index to determine which 32bit word should be
set. We now calculate which word has been selected based on the offset
provided by the pedit action.
Fixes: 354b82bb32 ("nfp: add set ipv6 source and destination address")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we only allowed a single header key per pedit action to
change the header. This used to result in the last header key in the
pedit action to overwrite previous headers. We now keep track of them
and allow multiple header keys per pedit action.
Fixes: c0b1bd9a8b ("nfp: add set ipv4 header action flower offload")
Fixes: 354b82bb32 ("nfp: add set ipv6 source and destination address")
Fixes: f8b7b0a6b1 ("nfp: add set tcp and udp header action flower offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we did not correctly change headers when using multiple
pedit actions with partial masks. We now take this into account and
no longer just commit the last pedit action.
Fixes: c0b1bd9a8b ("nfp: add set ipv4 header action flower offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes it possible to use devlink to split the 100G CXP
Netronome into two 40G interfaces. Currently when you ask for 2
interfaces, the math in src/nfp_devlink.c:nfp_devlink_port_split
calculates that you want 5 lanes per port because for some reason
eth_port.port_lanes=10 (shouldn't this be 12 for CXP?). What we really
want when asking for 2 breakout interfaces is 4 lanes per port. This
commit makes that happen by calculating based on 8 lanes if 10 are
present.
Signed-off-by: Ryan C Goodfellow <rgoodfel@isi.edu>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Weeks <greg.weeks@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the repeated license text with SDPX identifiers.
While at it bump the Copyright dates for files we touched
this year.
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Nic Viljoen <nick.viljoen@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the host context count symbols provided by firmware and use
it to determine the number of allocated stats ids. Previously it
won't be possible to offload more than 2^17 filter even if FW was
able to do so.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of an array stats instead of storing stats per flow which
would require a hash lookup at critical times.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of relativistic hash tables for tracking flows instead
of fixed sized hash tables.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-10-08
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) sk_lookup_[tcp|udp] and sk_release helpers from Joe Stringer which allow
BPF programs to perform lookups for sockets in a network namespace. This would
allow programs to determine early on in processing whether the stack is
expecting to receive the packet, and perform some action (eg drop,
forward somewhere) based on this information.
2) per-cpu cgroup local storage from Roman Gushchin.
Per-cpu cgroup local storage is very similar to simple cgroup storage
except all the data is per-cpu. The main goal of per-cpu variant is to
implement super fast counters (e.g. packet counters), which don't require
neither lookups, neither atomic operations in a fast path.
The example of these hybrid counters is in selftests/bpf/netcnt_prog.c
3) allow HW offload of programs with BPF-to-BPF function calls from Quentin Monnet
4) support more than 64-byte key/value in HW offloaded BPF maps from Jakub Kicinski
5) rename of libbpf interfaces from Andrey Ignatov.
libbpf is maturing as a library and should follow good practices in
library design and implementation to play well with other libraries.
This patch set brings consistent naming convention to global symbols.
6) relicense libbpf as LGPL-2.1 OR BSD-2-Clause from Alexei Starovoitov
to let Apache2 projects use libbpf
7) various AF_XDP fixes from Björn and Magnus
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark instructions that use pointers to areas in the stack outside of the
current stack frame, and process them accordingly in mem_op_stack().
This way, we also support BPF-to-BPF calls where the caller passes a
pointer to data in its own stack frame to the callee (typically, when
the caller passes an address to one of its local variables located in
the stack, as an argument).
Thanks to Jakub and Jiong for figuring out how to deal with this case,
I just had to turn their email discussion into this patch.
Suggested-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
When pre-processing the instructions, it is trivial to detect what
subprograms are using R6, R7, R8 or R9 as destination registers. If a
subprogram uses none of those, then we do not need to jump to the
subroutines dedicated to saving and restoring callee-saved registers in
its prologue and epilogue.
This patch introduces detection of callee-saved registers in subprograms
and prevents the JIT from adding calls to those subroutines whenever we
can: we save some instructions in the translated program, and some time
at runtime on BPF-to-BPF calls and returns.
If no subprogram needs to save those registers, we can avoid appending
the subroutines at the end of the program.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
On performing a BPF-to-BPF call, we first jump to a subroutine that
pushes callee-saved registers (R6~R9) to the stack, and from there we
goes to the start of the callee next. In order to do so, the caller must
pass to the subroutine the address of the NFP instruction to jump to at
the end of that subroutine. This cannot be reliably implemented when
translated the caller, as we do not always know the start offset of the
callee yet.
This patch implement the required fixup step for passing the start
offset in the callee via the register used by the subroutine to hold its
return address.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Relocation for targets of BPF-to-BPF calls are required at the end of
translation. Update the nfp_fixup_branches() function in that regard.
When checking that the last instruction of each bloc is a branch, we
must account for the length of the instructions required to pop the
return address from the stack.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Offloaded programs using BPF-to-BPF calls use the stack to store the
return address when calling into a subprogram. Callees also need some
space to save eBPF registers R6 to R9. And contrarily to kernel
verifier, we align stack frames on 64 bytes (and not 32). Account for
all this when checking the stack size limit before JIT-ing the program.
This means we have to recompute maximum stack usage for the program, we
cannot get the value from the kernel.
In addition to adapting the checks on stack usage, move them to the
finalize() callback, now that we have it and because such checks are
part of the verification step rather than translation.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This is the main patch for the logics of BPF-to-BPF calls in the nfp
driver.
The functions called on BPF_JUMP | BPF_CALL and BPF_JUMP | BPF_EXIT were
used to call helpers and exit from the program, respectively; make them
usable for calling into, or returning from, a BPF subprogram as well.
For all calls, push the return address as well as the callee-saved
registers (R6 to R9) to the stack, and pop them upon returning from the
calls. In order to limit the overhead in terms of instruction number,
this is done through dedicated subroutines. Jumping to the callee
actually consists in jumping to the subroutine, that "returns" to the
callee: this will require some fixup for passing the address in a later
patch. Similarly, returning consists in jumping to the subroutine, which
pops registers and then return directly to the caller (but no fixup is
needed here).
Return to the caller is performed with the RTN instruction newly added
to the JIT.
For the few steps where we need to know what subprogram an instruction
belongs to, the struct nfp_insn_meta is extended with a new subprog_idx
field.
Note that checks on the available stack size, to take into account the
additional requirements associated to BPF-to-BPF calls (storing R6-R9
and return addresses), are added in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Similarly to "exit" or "helper call" instructions, BPF-to-BPF calls will
require additional processing before translation starts, in order to
record and mark jump destinations.
We also mark the instructions where each subprogram begins. This will be
used in a following commit to determine where to add prologues for
subprograms.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The checks related to eBPF helper calls are performed each time the nfp
driver meets a BPF_JUMP | BPF_CALL instruction. However, these checks
are not relevant for BPF-to-BPF call (same instruction code, different
value in source register), so just skip the checks for such calls.
While at it, rename the function that runs those checks to make it clear
they apply to _helper_ calls only.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In order to support BPF-to-BPF calls in offloaded programs, the nfp
driver must collect information about the distinct subprograms: namely,
the number of subprograms composing the complete program and the stack
depth of those subprograms. The latter in particular is non-trivial to
collect, so we copy those elements from the kernel verifier via the
newly added post-verification hook. The struct nfp_prog is extended to
store this information. Stack depths are stored in an array of dedicated
structs.
Subprogram start indexes are not collected. Instead, meta instructions
associated to the start of a subprogram will be marked with a flag in a
later patch.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In preparation for support for BPF to BPF calls in offloaded programs,
rename the "stack_depth" field of the struct nfp_prog as
"stack_frame_depth". This is to make it clear that the field refers to
the maximum size of the current stack frame (as opposed to the maximum
size of the whole stack memory).
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In preparation for BPF-to-BPF calls in offloaded programs, add a new
function attribute to the struct bpf_prog_offload_ops so that drivers
supporting eBPF offload can hook at the end of program verification, and
potentially extract information collected by the verifier.
Implement a minimal callback (returning 0) in the drivers providing the
structs, namely netdevsim and nfp.
This will be useful in the nfp driver, in later commits, to extract the
number of subprograms as well as the stack depth for those subprograms.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
mlx5 core driver and ethernet netdev updates, please note there is a small
devlink releated update to allow extack argument to eswitch operations.
From Eli Britstein,
1) devlink: Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations
2) net/mlx5e: E-Switch, return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks
3) net/mlx5e: Add extack messages for TC offload failures
From Eran Ben Elisha,
4) mlx5e: Add counter for aRFS rule insertion failures
From Feras Daoud
5) Fast teardown support for mlx5 device
This change introduces the enhanced version of the "Force teardown" that
allows SW to perform teardown in a faster way without the need to reclaim
all the FW pages.
Fast teardown provides the following advantages:
1- Fix a FW race condition that could cause command timeout
2- Avoid moving to polling mode
3- Close the vport to prevent PCI ACK to be sent without been scatter
to memory
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbtU45AAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+/C4H/RHA4KImrb476EdB3VNYMqAN
dgXb+bmh6sZP+jHWqQ4c3aVeh6/T8qm4gwiSn2nVTtHEnxtCdIYljzDC1Nswczeg
pSjD1eOP7M1LpAOmBb8xdnJcX7yM7r1bTklnp2sN853WShbsDRYgZBHsBwTzx25U
ZdzL4QTLuohlG/aLrbGXMntIy45ya2fVQrnK54s18nFlgsdFjEs0mi0xaUKNBC6+
P8CTohHAxuuxmL5b+6MIYLZCdgd8cLNQFdtqbckEVw7SvcRTxfraRlyqJ0YOgTGB
TdSWnqZz2JYH29wSFbpFG8qX6GCv8FoiZ+fKzldbolHk442rrktHv3+Y7qQuZVs=
=NVks
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2018-10-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2018-10-03
mlx5 core driver and ethernet netdev updates, please note there is a small
devlink releated update to allow extack argument to eswitch operations.
From Eli Britstein,
1) devlink: Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations
2) net/mlx5e: E-Switch, return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks
3) net/mlx5e: Add extack messages for TC offload failures
From Eran Ben Elisha,
4) mlx5e: Add counter for aRFS rule insertion failures
From Feras Daoud
5) Fast teardown support for mlx5 device
This change introduces the enhanced version of the "Force teardown" that
allows SW to perform teardown in a faster way without the need to reclaim
all the FW pages.
Fast teardown provides the following advantages:
1- Fix a FW race condition that could cause command timeout
2- Avoid moving to polling mode
3- Close the vport to prevent PCI ACK to be sent without been scatter
to memory
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflict in net/core/rtnetlink.c, David Ahern's bug fix in 'net'
overlapped the renaming of a netlink attribute in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When FW floods the driver with control messages try to exit the cmsg
processing loop every now and then to avoid soft lockups. Cmsg
processing is generally very lightweight so 512 seems like a reasonable
budget, which should not be exceeded under normal conditions.
Fixes: 77ece8d5f1 ("nfp: add control vNIC datapath")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In current ABI the size of the messages carrying map elements was
statically defined to at most 16 words of key and 16 words of value
(NFP word is 4 bytes). We should not make this assumption and use
the max key and value sizes from the BPF capability instead.
To make sure old kernels don't get surprised with larger (or smaller)
messages bump the FW ABI version to 3 when key/value size is different
than 16 words.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Some apps may want to have higher MTU on the control vNIC/queue.
Allow them to set the requested MTU at init time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Up until now we only had per-vNIC BPF ABI version capabilities,
which are slightly awkward to use because bulk of the resources
and configuration does not relate to any particular vNIC. Add
a new capability for global ABI version and check the per-vNIC
version are equal to it. Assume the ABI version 2 if no explicit
version capability is present.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reserve two TLV types for feature development, and warn in the driver
if they ever leak into production.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Version bump conflict in batman-adv, take what's in net-next.
iavf conflict, adjustment of netdev_ops in net-next conflicting
with poll controller method removal in net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
nfp uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP supports fairly enormous ring sizes (up to 256k descriptors).
In commit 4662717038 ("nfp: use kvcalloc() to allocate SW buffer
descriptor arrays") we have started using kvcalloc() functions to
make sure the allocation of software state arrays doesn't hit
the MAX_ORDER limit. Unfortunately, we can't use virtual mappings
for the DMA region holding HW descriptors. In case this allocation
fails instead of the generic (and fairly scary) warning/splat in
the logs print a helpful message explaining what happened and
suggesting how to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report in standard netdev stats drops and errors as well as
RX multicast from the FW vNIC counters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a bug where ipv6 tunnels would report that it is
getting offloaded to hardware but would actually be rejected
by hardware.
Fixes: b27d6a95a7 ("nfp: compile flower vxlan tunnel set actions")
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we only checked if the vlan id field is present when trying
to match a vlan tag. The vlan id and vlan pcp field should be treated
independently.
Fixes: 5571e8c9f2 ("nfp: extend flower matching capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As you are already in a tasklet, it is unnecessary to call spin_lock_bh.
Signed-off-by: jun qian <hangdianqj@163.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN and GRE FW features have to currently be both advertised
for the driver to enable them. Separate the handling.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the accesses to rtsyms now all going via special helpers
we can easily make sure the driver is not reading past the
end of the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ease of debug preface all error messages with the name
of the symbol which caused them. Use the same message format
for existing messages while at it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the error and report value through the output param.
Fixes: 640917dd81 ("nfp: support access to absolute RTsyms")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid leaking a running timer we need to wait for the
posted reconfigs after netdev is unregistered. In common
case the process of deinitializing the device will perform
synchronous reconfigs which wait for posted requests, but
especially with VXLAN ports being actively added and removed
there can be a race condition leaving a timer running after
adapter structure is freed leading to a crash.
Add an explicit flush after deregistering and for a good
measure a warning to check if timer is running just before
structures are freed.
Fixes: 3d780b926a ("nfp: add async reconfiguration mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the RTsym users access the size via the helper, which
takes care of special handling of absolute symbols.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in nfpcore for reading the absolute RTsyms.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all users of RTsym to the new set of helpers which
handle all targets correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make nfp_rtsym_{read,write}_le() and nfp_rtsym_map() use the new
target resolution helpers to allow accessing in-cache symbols.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align nfp_cpp_map_area() with other CPP-level APIs and pass
encoded cpp_id/dest rather than target, action, domain tuple.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTsyms may have special encodings for more complex symbol types.
For example symbols which are placed in external memory unit's
cache directly, constants or local memory. Add set of helpers
which will check for those special encodings and handle them
correctly.
For now only add direct cache accesses, we don't have a need to
access the other ones in foreseeable future.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add error prints to CPP target encoding/decoding logic, otherwise
it's quite hard to pin point the reasons why read or write
operations fail.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will soon need the MU locality field offset much more
often than just for decoding MIP address. Save it in nfp_cpp
for quick access. Note that we can already reuse the target
config from nfp_cpp, no need to do the XPB read.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Francois H. Theron <francois.theron@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a switch statement instead of ifs for code dependent
on chip version. While at it make sure we fail for unknown
chip revisions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NFP5000 to supported chips, the chip is backward compatible
with NFP4000 and NFP6000, so core PCIe code needs to handle it
the same way as 4k and 6k.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi-host scenarios Management FW may allocate MAC addresses
at runtime, we have to use the indirect lookup to find them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management FW can adjust some of the information in the HWinfo table
at runtime. In some cases reading the table directly will not yield
correct results. Add a NSP command for looking up information.
Up until now we weren't making use of any of the values which may
get adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To enable easier FW distribution NFP can now automatically
select between FW stored on the flash and loaded from the
kernel.
If FW loading policy is set to auto it will compare the
versions of FW from the host and from the flash and load
the newer one. If FW type doesn't match (e.g. one advanced
application vs another) the FW from the host takes precedence,
unless one of them is the basic NIC firmware, in which case
the non-basic-NIC FW is selected.
This automatic selection mechanism requires we inform user
what the verdict was. Print a message to the logs explaining
the decision and the reason.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flash may contain a default NFP application FW. This application
can either be put there by the user (with ethtool -f) or shipped
with the card. If file system FW is not found, attempt to load
this flash stored app FW.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is already a fair number of arguments to nfp_nsp_command()
family of functions. Encapsulate them into structures to make
adding new ones easier. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 'Return:' information from functions which no longer
return a value. Also update name and return types of nfp_nffw_info
access functions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new layer for matching on geneve options. This allows
offloading filters configured to match geneve with options.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new push geneve option action. This allows offloading
filters configured to entunnel geneve with options.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The addition of FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_ENC_IP to TC flower means that the ToS
and TTL of the tunnel header can now be matched on.
Extend the NFP tunnel match function to include these new fields.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TTL for encapsulating headers in IPv4 UDP tunnels is taken from a
route lookup. Modify this to first check if a user has specified a TTL to
be used in the TC action.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-08-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add cgroup local storage for BPF programs, which provides a fast
accessible memory for storing various per-cgroup data like number
of transmitted packets, etc, from Roman.
2) Support bpf_get_socket_cookie() BPF helper in several more program
types that have a full socket available, from Andrey.
3) Significantly improve the performance of perf events which are
reported from BPF offload. Also convert a couple of BPF AF_XDP
samples overto use libbpf, both from Jakub.
4) seg6local LWT provides the End.DT6 action, which allows to
decapsulate an outer IPv6 header containing a Segment Routing Header.
Adds this action now to the seg6local BPF interface, from Mathieu.
5) Do not mark dst register as unbounded in MOV64 instruction when
both src and dst register are the same, from Arthur.
6) Define u_smp_rmb() and u_smp_wmb() to their respective barrier
instructions on arm64 for the AF_XDP sample code, from Brian.
7) Convert the tcp_client.py and tcp_server.py BPF selftest scripts
over from Python 2 to Python 3, from Jeremy.
8) Enable BTF build flags to the BPF sample code Makefile, from Taeung.
9) Remove an unnecessary rcu_read_lock() in run_lwt_bpf(), from Taehee.
10) Several improvements to the README.rst from the BPF documentation
to make it more consistent with RST format, from Tobin.
11) Replace all occurrences of strerror() by calls to strerror_r()
in libbpf and fix a FORTIFY_SOURCE build error along with it,
from Thomas.
12) Fix a bug in bpftool's get_btf() function to correctly propagate
an error via PTR_ERR(), from Yue.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for adjust_tail. There are no FW changes needed but add
a FW capability just in case there would be any issue with previously
released FW, or we will have to change the ABI in the future.
The helper is trivial and shouldn't be used too often so just inline
the body of the function. We add the delta to locally maintained
packet length register and check for overflow, since add of negative
value must overflow if result is positive. Note that if delta of 0
would be allowed in the kernel this trick stops working and we need
one more instruction to compare lengths before and after the change.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The BTF conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
The virtio_net conflict was an overlap of a fix of statistics counter,
happening alongisde a move over to a bonafide statistics structure
rather than counting value on the stack.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'app' is dereferenced before used for the devlink trace point.
In case FW is buggy and sends a control message to a VF queue
we should make sure app is not NULL.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Function nfp_flower_repr_get_type_and_port expects an enum nfp_repr_type
return value but, if the repr type is unknown, returns a value of type
enum nfp_flower_cmsg_port_type. This means that if FW encodes the port
ID in a way the driver does not understand instead of dropping the frame
driver may attribute it to a physical port (uplink) provided the port
number is less than physical port count.
Fix this and ensure a net_device of NULL is returned if the repr can not
be determined.
Fixes: 1025351a88 ("nfp: add flower app")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW can put constraints on map element size to maximize resource
use and efficiency. When user attempts offload of a map which
does not fit into those constraints an informational message is
printed to kernel logs to inform user about the reason offload
failed. Map offload does not have access to any advanced error
reporting like verifier log or extack. There is also currently
no way for us to nicely expose the FW capabilities to user
space. Given all those constraints we should make sure log
messages are as informative as possible. Improve them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Record perf maps by map ID, not raw kernel pointer. This helps
with debug messages, because printing pointers to logs is frowned
upon, and makes debug easier for the users, as map ID is something
they should be more familiar with. Note that perf maps are offload
neutral, therefore IDs won't be orphaned.
While at it use a rate limited print helper for the error message.
Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Control queue is fairly low latency, and requires SKB allocations,
which means we can't even reach 0.5Msps with perf events. Allow
perf events to be delivered to data queues. This allows us to not
only use multiple queues, but also receive and deliver to user space
more than 5Msps per queue (Xeon E5-2630 v4 2.20GHz, no retpolines).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In preparation for SKB-less perf event handling make
nfp_bpf_event_output() take buffer address and length,
not SKB as parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Port id 0xffffffff is reserved for control messages. Allow reception
of messages with this id on data queues. Hand off a raw buffer to
the higher layer code, without allocating SKB for max efficiency.
The RX handle can't modify or keep the buffer, after it returns
buffer is handed back over to the NIC RX free buffer list.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Representor packets are received on PF queues with special metadata tag
for demux. There is no reason to resolve the representor ID -> netdev
after the skb has been allocated. Move the code, this will allow us to
handle special FW messages without SKB allocation overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Use array_size() and store the size as full size_t to protect from
theoretical size overflow when handling HW descriptor rings.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7f1c684a89 ("nfp: setup xdp_rxq_info") mixed the cache
cold and cache hot data in the nfp_net_rx_ring structure (ignoring
the feedback), to try to fit the structure into 2 cache lines
after struct xdp_rxq_info was added. Now that we are about to add
a new field the structure will grow back to 3 cache lines, so
order the members correctly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kvcalloc() instead of tmp variable + kzalloc() when allocating
SW buffer information to allow falling back to vmalloc and to protect
from theoretical integer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On machines with buggy ACPI tables or when SR-IOV is already enabled
we may not be able to set the SR-IOV VF limit in sysfs, it's not fatal
because the limit is imposed by the driver anyway. Only the sysfs
'sriov_totalvfs' attribute will be too high. Print an error to inform
user about the failure but allow probe to continue.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After device is stopped we reset the rings by moving all free buffers
to positions [0, cnt - 2], and clear the position cnt - 1 in the ring.
We then proceed to clear the read/write pointers. This means that if
we try to reset the ring again the code will assume that the next to
fill buffer is at position 0 and swap it with cnt - 1. Since we
previously cleared position cnt - 1 it will lead to leaking the first
buffer and leaving ring in a bad state.
This scenario can only happen if FW communication fails, in which case
the ring will never be used again, so the fact it's in a bad state will
not be noticed. Buffer leak is the only problem. Don't try to move
buffers in the ring if the read/write pointers indicate the ring was
never used or have already been reset.
nfp_net_clear_config_and_disable() is now fully idempotent.
Found by code inspection, FW communication failures are very rare,
and reconfiguring a live device is not common either, so it's unlikely
anyone has ever noticed the leak.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have offload replay infrastructure added by
commit 326367427c ("net: sched: call reoffload op on block callback reg")
and flows are guaranteed to be removed correctly, we can revert
commit 951a8ee6de ("nfp: reject binding to shared blocks").
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously only the neighbour state was checked to decide if an offloaded
entry should be removed. However, there can be situations when the entry
is dead but still marked as valid. This can lead to dead entries not
being removed from fw tables or even incorrect data being added.
Check the entry dead bit before deciding if it should be added to or
removed from fw neighbour tables.
Fixes: 8e6a9046b6 ("nfp: flower vxlan neighbour offload")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-20
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add sharing of BPF objects within one ASIC: this allows for reuse of
the same program on multiple ports of a device, and therefore gains
better code store utilization. On top of that, this now also enables
sharing of maps between programs attached to different ports of a
device, from Jakub.
2) Cleanup in libbpf and bpftool's Makefile to reduce unneeded feature
detections and unused variable exports, also from Jakub.
3) First batch of RCU annotation fixes in prog array handling, i.e.
there are several __rcu markers which are not correct as well as
some of the RCU handling, from Roman.
4) Two fixes in BPF sample files related to checking of the prog_cnt
upper limit from sample loader, from Dan.
5) Minor cleanup in sockmap to remove a set but not used variable,
from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow program sharing between netdevs of the same NFP ASIC.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Create a higher-level entity to represent a device/ASIC to allow
programs and maps to be shared between device ports. The extra
work is required to make sure we don't destroy BPF objects as
soon as the netdev for which they were loaded gets destroyed,
as other ports may still be using them. When netdev goes away
all of its BPF objects will be moved to other netdevs of the
device, and only destroyed when last netdev is unregistered.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Currently we have two lists of offloaded objects - programs and maps.
Netdevice unregister notifier scans those lists to orphan objects
associated with device being unregistered. This puts unnecessary
(even if negligible) burden on all netdev unregister calls in BPF-
-enabled kernel. The lists of objects may potentially get long
making the linear scan even more problematic. There haven't been
complaints about this mechanisms so far, but it is suboptimal.
Instead of relying on notifiers, make the few BPF-capable drivers
register explicitly for BPF offloads. The programs and maps will
now be collected per-device not on a global list, and only scanned
for removal when driver unregisters from BPF offloads.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
BPF code should unregister the offload capabilities from .ndo_uninit(),
to make sure the operation is atomic with unlist_netdevice(). Plumb
the init/uninit NDOs for vNICs and representors.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Various different arm32 JIT improvements in order to optimize code emission
and make the JIT code itself more robust, from Russell.
2) Support simultaneous driver and offloaded XDP in order to allow for advanced
use-cases where some work is offloaded to the NIC and some to the host. Also
add ability for bpftool to load programs and maps beyond just the cgroup case,
from Jakub.
3) Add BPF JIT support in nfp for multiplication as well as division. For the
latter in particular, it uses the reciprocal algorithm to emulate it, from Jiong.
4) Add BTF pretty print functionality to bpftool in plain and JSON output
format, from Okash.
5) Add build and installation to the BPF helper man page into bpftool, from Quentin.
6) Add a TCP BPF callback for listening sockets which is triggered right after
the socket transitions to TCP_LISTEN state, from Andrey.
7) Add a new cgroup tree command to bpftool which iterates over the whole cgroup
tree and prints all attached programs, from Roman.
8) Improve xdp_redirect_cpu sample to support parsing of double VLAN tagged
packets, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split handling of offloaded and driver programs completely. Since
offloaded programs always come with XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE set in reality
there could be no sharing, anyway, programs would only be installed
in driver or in hardware. Splitting the handling allows us to install
programs in HW and in driver at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Split the query of HW-attached program from the software one.
Introduce new .ndo_bpf command to query HW-attached program.
This will allow drivers to install different programs in HW
and SW at the same time. Netlink can now also carry multiple
programs on dump (in which case mode will be set to
XDP_ATTACHED_MULTI and user has to check per-attachment point
attributes, IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID will not be present). We reuse
IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID skb space for second mode, so rtnl_xdp_size()
doesn't need to be updated.
Note that the installation side is still not there, since all
drivers currently reject installing more than one program at
the time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Basic operations drivers perform during xdp setup and query can
be moved to helpers in the core. Encapsulate program and flags
into a structure and add helpers. Note that the structure is
intended as the "main" program information source in the driver.
Most drivers will additionally place the program pointer in their
fast path or ring structures.
The helpers don't have a huge impact now, but they will
decrease the code duplication when programs can be installed
in HW and driver at the same time. Encapsulating the basic
operations in helpers will hopefully also reduce the number
of changes to drivers which adopt them.
Helpers could really be static inline, but they depend on
definition of struct netdev_bpf which means they'd have
to be placed in netdevice.h, an already 4500 line header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
prog_attached of struct netdev_bpf should have been superseded
by simply setting prog_id long time ago, but we kept it around
to allow offloading drivers to communicate attachment mode (drv
vs hw). Subsequently drivers were also allowed to report back
attachment flags (prog_flags), and since nowadays only programs
attached will XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE can get offloaded, we can tell
the attachment mode from the flags driver reports. Remove
prog_attached member.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
getnstimeofday64 is deprecated in favor of the ktime_get() family of
functions. The direct replacement would be ktime_get_real_ts64(),
but I'm picking the basic ktime_get() instead:
- using a ktime_t simplifies the code compared to timespec64
- using monotonic time instead of real time avoids issues caused
by a concurrent settimeofday() or during a leap second adjustment.
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=IOF/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.18-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI fixes from Bjorn Helgaas:
- Fix a use-after-free in the endpoint code (Dan Carpenter)
- Stop defaulting CONFIG_PCIE_DW_PLAT_HOST to yes (Geert Uytterhoeven)
- Fix an nfp regression caused by a change in how we limit the number
of VFs we can enable (Jakub Kicinski)
- Fix failure path cleanup issues in the new R-Car gen3 PHY support
(Marek Vasut)
- Fix leaks of OF nodes in faraday, xilinx-nwl, xilinx (Nicholas Mc
Guire)
* tag 'pci-v4.18-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci:
nfp: stop limiting VFs to 0
PCI/IOV: Reset total_VFs limit after detaching PF driver
PCI: faraday: Add missing of_node_put()
PCI: xilinx-nwl: Add missing of_node_put()
PCI: xilinx: Add missing of_node_put()
PCI: endpoint: Use after free in pci_epf_unregister_driver()
PCI: controller: dwc: Do not let PCIE_DW_PLAT_HOST default to yes
PCI: rcar: Clean up PHY init on failure
PCI: rcar: Shut the PHY down in failpath
As we are doing JIT, we would want to use the advanced version of the
reciprocal divide (reciprocal_value_adv) to trade performance with host.
We could reduce the required ALU instructions from 4 to 2 or 1.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP doesn't have integer divide instruction, this patch use reciprocal
algorithm (the basic one, reciprocal_div) to emulate it.
For each u32 divide, we would need 11 instructions to finish the operation.
7 (for multiplication) + 4 (various ALUs) = 11
Given NFP only supports multiplication no bigger than u32, we'd require
divisor and dividend no bigger than that as well.
Also eBPF doesn't support signed divide and has enforced this on C language
level by failing compilation. However LLVM assembler hasn't enforced this,
so it is possible for negative constant to leak in as a BPF_K operand
through assembly code, we reject such cases as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP supports u16 and u32 multiplication. Multiplication is done 8-bits per
step, therefore we need 2 steps for u16 and 4 steps for u32.
We also need one start instruction to initialize the sequence and one or
two instructions to fetch the result depending on either you need the high
halve of u32 multiplication.
For ALU64, if either operand is beyond u32's value range, we reject it. One
thing to note, if the source operand is BPF_K, then we need to check "imm"
field directly, and we'd reject it if it is negative. Because for ALU64,
"imm" (with s32 type) is expected to be sign extended to s64 which NFP mul
doesn't support. For ALU32, it is fine for "imm" be negative though,
because the result is 32-bits and here is no difference on the low halve
of result for signed/unsigned mul, so we will get correct result.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP verifier hook is coping range information of the shift amount for
indirect shift operation so optimized shift sequences could be generated.
We want to use range info to do more things. For example, to decide whether
multiplication and divide are supported on the given range.
This patch simply let NFP verifier hook to copy range info for all operands
of all ALU operands.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The two fields are a copy of umin and umax info of bpf_insn->src_reg
generated by verifier.
Rename to make their meaning clear.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-03
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Various improvements to bpftool and libbpf, that is, bpftool build
speed improvements, missing BPF program types added for detection
by section name, ability to load programs from '.text' section is
made to work again, and better bash completion handling, from Jakub.
2) Improvements to nfp JIT's map read handling which allows for optimizing
memcpy from map to packet, from Jiong.
3) New BPF sample is added which demonstrates XDP in combination with
bpf_perf_event_output() helper to sample packets on all CPUs, from Toke.
4) Add a new BPF kselftest case for tracking connect(2) BPF hooks
infrastructure in combination with TFO, from Andrey.
5) Extend the XDP/BPF xdp_rxq_info sample code with a cmdline option to
read payload from packet data in order to use it for benchmarking.
Also for '--action XDP_TX' option implement swapping of MAC addresses
to avoid drops on some hardware seen during testing, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple overlapping changes in stmmac driver.
Adjust skb_gro_flush_final_remcsum function signature to make GRO list
changes in net-next, as per Stephen Rothwell's example merge
resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-07-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) A bpf_fib_lookup() helper fix to change the API before freeze to
return an encoding of the FIB lookup result and return the nexthop
device index in the params struct (instead of device index as return
code that we had before), from David.
2) Various BPF JIT fixes to address syzkaller fallout, that is, do not
reject progs when set_memory_*() fails since it could still be RO.
Also arm32 JIT was not using bpf_jit_binary_lock_ro() API which was
an issue, and a memory leak in s390 JIT found during review, from
Daniel.
3) Multiple fixes for sockmap/hash to address most of the syzkaller
triggered bugs. Usage with IPv6 was crashing, a GPF in bpf_tcp_close(),
a missing sock_map_release() routine to hook up to callbacks, and a
fix for an omitted bucket lock in sock_close(), from John.
4) Two bpftool fixes to remove duplicated error message on program load,
and another one to close the libbpf object after program load. One
additional fix for nfp driver's BPF offload to avoid stopping offload
completely if replace of program failed, from Jakub.
5) Couple of BPF selftest fixes that bail out in some of the test
scripts if the user does not have the right privileges, from Jeffrin.
6) Fixes in test_bpf for s390 when CONFIG_BPF_JIT_ALWAYS_ON is set
where we need to set the flag that some of the test cases are expected
to fail, from Kleber.
7) Fix to detangle BPF_LIRC_MODE2 dependency from CONFIG_CGROUP_BPF
since it has no relation to it and lirc2 users often have configs
without cgroups enabled and thus would not be able to use it, from Sean.
8) Fix a selftest failure in sockmap by removing a useless setrlimit()
call that would set a too low limit where at the same time we are
already including bpf_rlimit.h that does the job, from Yonghong.
9) Fix BPF selftest config with missing missing NET_SCHED, from Anders.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the NFP fw only supports L3/L4 hashing so rejects the offload of
filters that output to LAG ports implementing other hash algorithms. Team,
however, uses a BPF function for the hash that is not defined. To support
Team offload, accept hashes that are defined as 'unknown' (only Team
defines such hash types). In this case, use the NFP default of L3/L4
hashing for egress port selection.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the tos and the tunnel flags from the tunnel key and offload these
action fields. Only the checksum and tunnel key flags are implemented in
fw so reject offloads of other flags. The tunnel key flag is always
considered set in the fw so enforce that it is set in the rule. Note that
the compulsory setting of the tunnel key flag and optional setting of
checksum is inline with how tc currently generates ipv4 udp tunnel
actions.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously the ttl for ipv4 udp tunnels was set to the namespace default.
Modify this to attempt to extract the ttl from a full route lookup on the
tunnel destination. If this is not possible then resort to the default.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware will automatically update csum in headers when a set action has
been performed. This means we could in the driver ignore the explicit
checksum action when performing a set action.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We used to leave bus-info in ethtool driver info empty for
representors in case multi-PCIe-to-single-host cards make
the association between PCIe device and NFP many to one.
It seems these attempts are futile, we need to link the
representors to one PCIe device in sysfs to get consistent
naming, plus devlink uses one PCIe as a handle, anyway.
The multi-PCIe-to-single-system support won't be clean,
if it ever comes.
Turns out some user space (RHEL tests) likes to read bus-info
so just populate it.
While at it remove unnecessary app NULL-check, representors
are spawned by an app, so it must exist.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use napi_consume_skb() in nfp_net_tx_complete() to get bulk free.
Pass 0 as budget for ctrl queue completion since it runs out of
a tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP NAPI handling will only complete the TXed packets when called
with budget of 0, implement ndo_poll_controller by scheduling NAPI
on all TX queues.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some platforms with broken ACPI tables we may not have access
to the Serial Number PCIe capability. This capability is crucial
for us for switchdev operation as we use serial number as switch ID,
and for communication with management FW where interface ID is used.
If we can't determine the Serial Number we have to fail device probe.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After user changes the ring count statistics for deactivated
rings disappear from ethtool -S output. This causes loss of
information to the user and means that ethtool stats may not
add up to interface stats. Always expose counters from all
the rings. Note that we allocate at most num_possible_cpus()
rings so number of rings should be reasonable.
The alternative of only listing stats for rings which were
ever in use could be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before 8d85a7a4f2 ("PCI/IOV: Allow PF drivers to limit total_VFs to 0"),
pci_sriov_set_totalvfs(pdev, 0) meant "we can enable TotalVFs virtual
functions". After 8d85a7a4f2, it means "we can't enable *any* VFs".
That broke this scenario where nfp intends to remove any limit on the
number of VFs that can be enabled:
nfp_pci_probe
nfp_pcie_sriov_read_nfd_limit
nfp_rtsym_read_le("nfd_vf_cfg_max_vfs", &err)
pci_sriov_set_totalvfs(pf->pdev, 0) # if FW didn't expose a limit
...
# userspace writes N to sysfs "sriov_numvfs":
sriov_numvfs_store
pci_sriov_get_totalvfs # now returns 0
return -ERANGE
Prior to 8d85a7a4f2, pci_sriov_get_totalvfs() returned TotalVFs, but it
now returns 0.
Remove the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs(pdev, 0) calls so we don't limit the
number of VFs that can be enabled.
Fixes: 8d85a7a4f2 ("PCI/IOV: Allow PF drivers to limit total_VFs to 0")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
[bhelgaas: changelog]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Map read has been supported on NFP, this patch enables optimization
for memcpy from map to packet.
This patch also fixed one latent bug which will cause copying from
unexpected address once memcpy for map pointer enabled. The fixed
code path was not exercised before.
Reported-by: Mary Pham <mary.pham@netronome.com>
Reported-by: David Beckett <david.beckett@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
sizeof() will return unsigned value so in the error check
negative error code will be always larger than sizeof().
Fixes: a0d8e02c35 ("nfp: add support for reading nffw info")
Signed-off-by: Chengguang Xu <cgxu519@gmx.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC shared blocks allow multiple qdiscs to be grouped together and filters
shared between them. Currently the chains of filters attached to a block
are only flushed when the block is removed. If a qdisc is removed from a
block but the block still exists, flow del messages are not passed to the
callback registered for that qdisc. For the NFP, this presents the
possibility of rules still existing in hw when they should be removed.
Prevent binding to shared blocks until the kernel can send per qdisc del
messages when block unbinds occur.
tcf_block_shared() was not used outside of the core until now, so also
add an empty implementation for builds with CONFIG_NET_CLS=n.
Fixes: 4861738775 ("net: sched: introduce shared filter blocks infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously it was not possible to distinguish between mpls ether types and
other ether types. This leads to incorrect classification of offloaded
filters that match on mpls ether type. For example the following two
filters overlap:
# tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol 0x8847 flower \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
# tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol 0x0800 flower \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth2
The driver now correctly includes the mac_mpls layer where HW stores mpls
fields, when it detects an mpls ether type. It also sets the MPLS_Q bit to
indicate that the filter should match mpls packets.
Fixes: bb055c198d ("nfp: add mpls match offloading support")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stopping offload completely if replace of program failed dates
back to days of transparent offload. Back then we wanted to
silently fall back to the in-driver processing. Today we mark
programs for offload when they are loaded into the kernel, so
the transparent offload is no longer a reality.
Flags check in the driver will only allow replace of a driver
program with another driver program or an offload program with
another offload program.
When driver program is replaced stopping offload is a no-op,
because driver program isn't offloaded. When replacing
offloaded program if the offload fails the entire operation
will fail all the way back to user space and we should continue
using the old program. IOW when replacing a driver program
stopping offload is unnecessary and when replacing offloaded
program - it's a bug, old program should continue to run.
In practice this bug would mean that if offload operation was to
fail (either due to FW communication error, kernel OOM or new
program being offloaded but for a different netdev) driver
would continue reporting that previous XDP program is offloaded
but in fact no program will be loaded in hardware. The failure
is fairly unlikely (found by inspection, when working on the code)
but it's unpleasant.
Backport note: even though the bug was introduced in commit
cafa92ac25 ("nfp: bpf: add support for XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE"),
this fix depends on commit 441a33031f ("net: xdp: don't allow
device-bound programs in driver mode"), so this fix is sufficient
only in v4.15 or newer. Kernels v4.13.x and v4.14.x do need to
stop offload if it was transparent/opportunistic, i.e. if
XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE was not set on running program.
Fixes: cafa92ac25 ("nfp: bpf: add support for XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Currently the default case is not handled, which with future command
introductions would introduce a warning. So handle it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various netfilter fixlets from Pablo and the netfilter team.
2) Fix regression in IPVS caused by lack of PMTU exceptions on local
routes in ipv6, from Julian Anastasov.
3) Check pskb_trim_rcsum for failure in DSA, from Zhouyang Jia.
4) Don't crash on poll in TLS, from Daniel Borkmann.
5) Revert SO_REUSE{ADDR,PORT} change, it regresses various things
including Avahi mDNS. From Bart Van Assche.
6) Missing of_node_put in qcom/emac driver, from Yue Haibing.
7) We lack checking of the TCP checking in one special case during SYN
receive, from Frank van der Linden.
8) Fix module init error paths of mac80211 hwsim, from Johannes Berg.
9) Handle 802.1ad properly in stmmac driver, from Elad Nachman.
10) Must grab HW caps before doing quirk checks in stmmac driver, from
Jose Abreu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (81 commits)
net: stmmac: Run HWIF Quirks after getting HW caps
neighbour: skip NTF_EXT_LEARNED entries during forced gc
net: cxgb3: add error handling for sysfs_create_group
tls: fix waitall behavior in tls_sw_recvmsg
tls: fix use-after-free in tls_push_record
l2tp: filter out non-PPP sessions in pppol2tp_tunnel_ioctl()
l2tp: reject creation of non-PPP sessions on L2TPv2 tunnels
mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Fix port_vlan refcounting
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Align with new route replace logic
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allow appending to dev-only routes
ipv6: Only emit append events for appended routes
stmmac: added support for 802.1ad vlan stripping
cfg80211: fix rcu in cfg80211_unregister_wdev
mac80211: Move up init of TXQs
mac80211_hwsim: fix module init error paths
cfg80211: initialize sinfo in cfg80211_get_station
nl80211: fix some kernel doc tag mistakes
hv_netvsc: Fix the variable sizes in ipsecv2 and rsc offload
rds: avoid unenecessary cong_update in loop transport
l2tp: clean up stale tunnel or session in pppol2tp_connect's error path
...
We need to release the refcnt on dst_entry in the route table, otherwise
we will leak the route.
Fixes: 8e6a9046b6 ("nfp: flower vxlan neighbour offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
.ndo_get_phys_port_name was recently extended to support multi-vNIC
FWs. These are firmwares which can have more than one vNIC per PF
without associated port (e.g. Adaptive Buffer Management FW), therefore
we need a way of distinguishing the vNICs. Unfortunately, it's too
late to make flower use the same naming. Flower users may depend on
.ndo_get_phys_port_name returning -EOPNOTSUPP, for example the name
udev gave the PF vNIC was just the bare PCI device-based name before
the change, and will have 'nn0' appended after.
To ensure flower's vNIC doesn't have phys_port_name attribute, add
a flag to vNIC struct and set it in flower code. New projects will
not set the flag adhere to the naming scheme from the start.
Fixes: 51c1df83e3 ("nfp: assign vNIC id as phys_port_name of vNICs which are not ports")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are gathering software statistics on per-ring basis.
.ndo_get_stats64 handler adds the rings up. Unfortunately
we are currently only adding up active rings, which means
that if user decreases the number of active rings the
statistics from deactivated rings will no longer be counted
and total interface statistics may go backwards.
Always sum all possible rings, the stats are allocated
statically for max number of rings, so we don't have to
worry about them being removed. We could add the stats
up when user changes the ring count, but it seems unnecessary..
Adding up inactive rings will be very quick since no datapath
will be touching them.
Fixes: 164d1e9e5d ("nfp: add support for ethtool .set_channels")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once upon a time nfp_cpp_resource_find() took a name parameter,
which could be any user-chosen string. Resources are identified
by a CRC32 hash of a 8 byte string, so we had to pad user input
with zeros to make sure CRC32 gave the correct result.
Since then nfp_cpp_resource_find() was made to operate on allocated
resources only (struct nfp_resource). We kzalloc those so there is
no need to pad the strings and use memcmp.
This avoids a GCC 8 stringop-truncation warning:
In function ‘nfp_cpp_resource_find’,
inlined from ‘nfp_resource_try_acquire’ at .../nfpcore/nfp_resource.c:153:8,
inlined from ‘nfp_resource_acquire’ at .../nfpcore/nfp_resource.c:206:9:
.../nfpcore/nfp_resource.c:108:2: warning: strncpy’ output may be truncated copying 8 bytes from a string of length 8 [-Wstringop-truncation]
strncpy(name_pad, res->name, sizeof(name_pad));
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report the stat diff to make sure MQ stats add up to child stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for MQ offload and setting RED parameters
on queue-by-queue basis.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate the PF representor as multi-queue to allow setting
the configuration per-queue.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a handful of statistics exposing some internal details
of the implementation. Expose those via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow nfp apps to add extra ethtool stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report basic and extended RED statistics back to TC.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload simple RED configurations. For now support only DCTCP
like scenarios where min and max are the same.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Queue levels for simple ECN marking are stored in _abi_nfd_out_q_lvls_X
symbol, where X is the PCIe PF id. Find out the location of that symbol
and add helpers for modifying it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ABM NIC FW has a cut-through mode where the PCIe queuing
is bypassed, thus working like our standard NIC FWs. Use this
mode by default and only enable queuing in switchdev mode where
users can configure it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers are using a bare number inside phys_port_name
as VF id and OpenStack's regexps will pick it up. We can't
use a bare number for your vNICs, prefix the names with 'n'.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After recent change we started returning 0 from
ndo_get_phys_port_name for VFs. The name parameter for
ndo_get_phys_port_name is not initialized by the stack so
this can lead to a crash. We should have kept returning
-EOPNOTSUPP in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the egress device of an offloaded rule is a LAG port, then encode the
output port to the NFP with a LAG identifier and the offloaded group ID.
A prelag action is also offloaded which must be the first action of the
series (although may appear after other pre-actions - e.g. tunnels). This
causes the FW to check that it has the necessary information to output to
the requested LAG port. If it does not, the packet is sent to the kernel
before any other actions are applied to it.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the control message handler to synchronize offloaded group config
with that of the kernel. Such messages are sent from fw to driver and
feature the following 3 flags:
- Data: an attached cmsg could not be processed - store for retransmission
- Xon: FW can accept new messages - retransmit any stored cmsgs
- Sync: full sync requested so retransmit all kernel LAG group info
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Monitor LAG events via the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER/NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE
notifiers to maintain a list of offloadable groups. Sync these groups with
HW via a delayed workqueue to prevent excessive re-configuration. When the
workqueue is triggered it may generate multiple control messages for
different groups. These messages are linked via a batch ID and flags to
indicate a new batch and the end of a batch.
Update private data in each repr to track their LAG lower state flags. The
state of a repr is used to determine the active netdevs that can be
offloaded. For example, in active-backup mode, we only offload the netdev
currently active.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a bitmap to each flower repr to track its state if it is enslaved by a
bond. This LAG state may be different to the port state - for example, the
port may be up but LAG state may be down due to the selection in an
active/backup bond.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check if the fw contains the _abi_flower_balance_sync_enable symbol. If it
does then write a 1 to this indicating that the driver is willing to
receive NIC to kernel LAG related control messages.
If the write is successful, update the list of extra features supported by
the fw and add a stub to accept LAG cmsgs.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an rtsym API function that combines the lookup of a symbol and the
writing of a value to it. Values can be written as unsigned 32 or 64 bits.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a netdev to a bond requires that its mac address can be modified.
The default eth_mac_addr is sufficient to satisfy this requirement.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-05-24
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Björn Töpel cleans up AF_XDP (removes rebind, explicit cache alignment from uapi, etc).
2) David Ahern adds mtu checks to bpf_ipv{4,6}_fib_lookup() helpers.
3) Jesper Dangaard Brouer adds bulking support to ndo_xdp_xmit.
4) Jiong Wang adds support for indirect and arithmetic shifts to NFP
5) Martin KaFai Lau cleans up BTF uapi and makes the btf_header extensible.
6) Mathieu Xhonneux adds an End.BPF action to seg6local with BPF helpers allowing
to edit/grow/shrink a SRH and apply on a packet generic SRv6 actions.
7) Sandipan Das adds support for bpf2bpf function calls in ppc64 JIT.
8) Yonghong Song adds BPF_TASK_FD_QUERY command for introspection of tracing events.
9) other misc fixes from Gustavo A. R. Silva, Sirio Balmelli, John Fastabend, and Magnus Karlsson
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NFP is modelled as a switch we assign phys_port_name to respective
port(representor )s:
vNIC0 - | - PF port (pf%d) MAC/PHY (p%d[s%d]) - |E==
In most cases there is only one vNIC for communication with the switch.
If there is more than one we need to be able to identify them. Use %d
as phys_port_name of the vNICs.
We don't have to pass ID to nfp_net_debugfs_vnic_add() separately any
more.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI PFs can host more than one logical endpoint. In NFP terms
this means having more than one vNIC for PCIe PF. The vNICs
are usually corresponding 1:1 to Ethernet ports. In core NIC
we use the legacy idea of vNIC *being* the Ethernet port,
hence netdevs put pX(sY) in their phys_port_name, like Ethernet
ports would. When ASIC ports are fully represented we need to
be able to name different PCIe PF ports, too. Use a scheme
similar to Ethernet ports - pfXsY, for PCIe PF number X,
sub-port Y.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current control firmware does not cater too well to multi-host
applications. There is no way to check which hosts are up or
otherwise negotiate what the state of the external port (the
Ethernet port) should be. Make sure the link is up when driver
loads, and don't take it down when Ethernet port netdev is
closed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To configure buffering points we need full set of netdevs:
ASIC
user netdev -- | -- PCIe port MAC port -- | --
Configuring egrees qdiscs on user netdev configures standard
Linux TC software qdiscs, configuring PCIe port qdiscs will
provide a way of setting ASIC queuing parameters for PCIe block.
MAC port netdev egress qdiscs correspond to ASIC MAC Traffic
Manager block.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our previous apps all assumed to use only one eswitch mode (legacy
or switchdev) without the ability to change it. ABM NIC will
want to support the switch so plumb devlink_eswitch_mode_set through.
The devlink_eswitch_mode_set is expected to spawn representors and
potentially devlink ports so it's called under big devlink lock and
pf->lock.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_apps can currently associate their structures with vNICs but
not representors. Add app priv pointer to representors as well.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ABM NIC requires more complex vNIC handling, allocate
per-vNIC structure. Find out RX queue base and PCI PF id.
There will be multiple PFs sharing the same MAC port, therefore
the MAC address assigned to the vNIC must be looked up in the
HWInfo database.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a very rudimentary active buffer management NIC support.
For now it's like a core NIC without SR-IOV support. Next
commits will extend its functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code doesn't enforce length requirements on 32bit accesses
with action NFP_CPP_ACTION_RW to memory units, but if the access
is only aligned to 4 bytes as well we will fall into the explicit
access case and error out. Such accesses are correct, allow them
by lowering the width earlier.
While at it use a switch statement to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow app FW to advertise its shared buffer pool information.
Use the per-PF mailbox to configure them from devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When working with devlink-related functionality for locking reasons
it's easier to create a new mailbox per-PCI PF device than try to
use one of the netdev/vNIC mailboxes.
Define new mailbox structure and resolve its symbol during probe.
For forward compatibility allow silent truncation of mailbox command
data.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_pf_rtsym_read_optional() and nfp_net_pf_map_rtsym() are not
really related to networking code. Move them to the PF code and
remove the net from their names. They will soon be needed by code
outside of nfp_net_main.c anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use.
This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port
has. Initial flavours are:
physical, cpu, dsa
User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change existing setter for split port information into more generic
attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport
number for split ports.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code logic is similar with arithmetic right shift by constant, and NFP
get indirect shift amount through source A operand of PREV_ALU.
It is possible to fall back to logic right shift if the MSB is known to be
zero from range info, however there is no benefit to do this given logic
indirect right shift use the same number and cycle of instruction sequence.
Suppose the MSB of regX is the bit we want to replicate to fill in all the
vacant positions, and regY contains the shift amount, then we could use
single instruction to set up both.
[alu, --, regY, OR, regX]
--
NOTE: the PREV_ALU result doesn't need to write to any destination
register.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Code logic is similar with logic right shift except we also need to set
PREV_ALU result properly, the MSB of which is the bit that will be
replicated to fill in all the vacant positions.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
For indirect shifts, shift amount is not specified as constant, NFP needs
to get the shift amount through the low 5 bits of source A operand in
PREV_ALU, therefore extra instructions are needed compared with shifts by
constants.
Because NFP is 32-bit, so we are using register pair for 64-bit shifts and
therefore would need different instruction sequences depending on whether
shift amount is less than 32 or not.
NFP branch-on-bit-test instruction emitter is added by this patch and is
used for efficient runtime check on shift amount. We'd think the shift
amount is less than 32 if bit 5 is clear and greater or equal than 32
otherwise. Shift amount is greater than or equal to 64 will result in
undefined behavior.
This patch also use range info to avoid generating unnecessary runtime code
if we are certain shift amount is less than 32 or not.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Don't store repr pointer to reprs array until the representor is
successfully created. This avoids message about "representor
destruction" even when it was never created. Also it cleans-up the flow.
Also, check return value after port alloc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-05-17
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Provide a new BPF helper for doing a FIB and neighbor lookup
in the kernel tables from an XDP or tc BPF program. The helper
provides a fast-path for forwarding packets. The API supports
IPv4, IPv6 and MPLS protocols, but currently IPv4 and IPv6 are
implemented in this initial work, from David (Ahern).
2) Just a tiny diff but huge feature enabled for nfp driver by
extending the BPF offload beyond a pure host processing offload.
Offloaded XDP programs are allowed to set the RX queue index and
thus opening the door for defining a fully programmable RSS/n-tuple
filter replacement. Once BPF decided on a queue already, the device
data-path will skip the conventional RSS processing completely,
from Jakub.
3) The original sockmap implementation was array based similar to
devmap. However unlike devmap where an ifindex has a 1:1 mapping
into the map there are use cases with sockets that need to be
referenced using longer keys. Hence, sockhash map is added reusing
as much of the sockmap code as possible, from John.
4) Introduce BTF ID. The ID is allocatd through an IDR similar as
with BPF maps and progs. It also makes BTF accessible to user
space via BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID and adds exposure of the BTF data
through BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD, from Martin.
5) Enable BPF stackmap with build_id also in NMI context. Due to the
up_read() of current->mm->mmap_sem build_id cannot be parsed.
This work defers the up_read() via a per-cpu irq_work so that
at least limited support can be enabled, from Song.
6) Various BPF JIT follow-up cleanups and fixups after the LD_ABS/LD_IND
JIT conversion as well as implementation of an optimized 32/64 bit
immediate load in the arm64 JIT that allows to reduce the number of
emitted instructions; in case of tested real-world programs they
were shrinking by three percent, from Daniel.
7) Add ifindex parameter to the libbpf loader in order to enable
BPF offload support. Right now only iproute2 can load offloaded
BPF and this will also enable libbpf for direct integration into
other applications, from David (Beckett).
8) Convert the plain text documentation under Documentation/bpf/ into
RST format since this is the appropriate standard the kernel is
moving to for all documentation. Also add an overview README.rst,
from Jesper.
9) Add __printf verification attribute to the bpf_verifier_vlog()
helper. Though it uses va_list we can still allow gcc to check
the format string, from Mathieu.
10) Fix a bash reference in the BPF selftest's Makefile. The '|& ...'
is a bash 4.0+ feature which is not guaranteed to be available
when calling out to shell, therefore use a more portable variant,
from Joe.
11) Fix a 64 bit division in xdp_umem_reg() by using div_u64()
instead of relying on the gcc built-in, from Björn.
12) Fix a sock hashmap kmalloc warning reported by syzbot when an
overly large key size is used in hashmap then causing overflows
in htab->elem_size. Reject bogus attr->key_size early in the
sock_hash_alloc(), from Yonghong.
13) Ensure in BPF selftests when urandom_read is being linked that
--build-id is always enabled so that test_stacktrace_build_id[_nmi]
won't be failing, from Alexei.
14) Add bitsperlong.h as well as errno.h uapi headers into the tools
header infrastructure which point to one of the arch specific
uapi headers. This was needed in order to fix a build error on
some systems for the BPF selftests, from Sirio.
15) Allow for short options to be used in the xdp_monitor BPF sample
code. And also a bpf.h tools uapi header sync in order to fix a
selftest build failure. Both from Prashant.
16) More formally clarify the meaning of ID in the direct packet access
section of the BPF documentation, from Wang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-05-14
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix nfp to allow zero-length BPF capabilities, meaning the nfp
capability parsing loop will otherwise exit early if the last
capability is zero length and therefore driver will fail to probe
with an error such as:
nfp: BPF capabilities left after parsing, parsed:92 total length:100
nfp: invalid BPF capabilities at offset:92
Fix from Jakub.
2) libbpf's bpf_object__open() may return IS_ERR_OR_NULL() and not
just an error. Fix libbpf's bpf_prog_load_xattr() to handle that
case as well, also from Jakub.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bpf syscall and selftests conflicts were trivial
overlapping changes.
The r8169 change involved moving the added mdelay from 'net' into a
different function.
A TLS close bug fix overlapped with the splitting of the TLS state
into separate TX and RX parts. I just expanded the tests in the bug
fix from "ctx->conf == X" into "ctx->tx_conf == X && ctx->rx_conf
== X".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 29a5dcae27 ("nfp: flower: offload phys port MTU change") we
take encapsulation headroom into account when calculating the max allowed
MTU. This is unnecessary as the max MTU advertised by firmware should have
already accounted for encap headroom.
Subtracting headroom twice brings the max MTU below what's necessary for
some deployments.
Fixes: 29a5dcae27 ("nfp: flower: offload phys port MTU change")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some BPF capabilities carry no value, they simply indicate feature
is present. Our capability parsing loop will exit early if last
capability is zero-length because it's looking for more than 8 bytes
of data (8B is our TLV header length). Allow the last capability to
be zero-length.
This bug would lead to driver failing to probe with the following error
if the last capability FW advertises is zero-length:
nfp: BPF capabilities left after parsing, parsed:92 total length:100
nfp: invalid BPF capabilities at offset:92
Note the "parsed" and "length" values are 8 apart.
No shipping FW runs into this issue, but we can't guarantee that will
remain the case.
Fixes: 77a844ee65 ("nfp: bpf: prepare for parsing BPF FW capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
BPF has access to all internal FW datapath structures. Including
the structure containing RX queue selection. With little coordination
with the datapath we can let the offloaded BPF select the RX queue.
We just need a way to tell the datapath that queue selection has already
been done and it shouldn't overwrite it. Define a bit to tell datapath
BPF already selected a queue (QSEL_SET), if the selected queue is not
enabled (>= number of enabled queues) datapath will perform normal RSS.
BPF queue selection on the NIC can be used to replace standard
datapath RSS with fully programmable BPF/XDP RSS.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Minor conflict, a CHECK was placed into an if() statement
in net-next, whilst a newline was added to that CHECK
call in 'net'. Thanks to Daniel for the merge resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel will now replace map fds with actual pointer before
calling the offload prepare. We can identify those pointers
and replace them with NFP table IDs instead of loading the
table ID in code generated for CALL instruction.
This allows us to support having the same CALL being used with
different maps.
Since we don't want to change the FW ABI we still need to
move the TID from R1 to portion of R0 before the jump.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add support for the perf_event_output family of helpers.
The implementation on the NFP will not match the host code exactly.
The state of the host map and rings is unknown to the device, hence
device can't return errors when rings are not installed. The device
simply packs the data into a firmware notification message and sends
it over to the host, returning success to the program.
There is no notion of a host CPU on the device when packets are being
processed. Device will only offload programs which set BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU.
Still, if map index doesn't match CPU no error will be returned (see
above).
Dropped/lost firmware notification messages will not cause "lost
events" event on the perf ring, they are only visible via device
error counters.
Firmware notification messages may also get reordered in respect
to the packets which caused their generation.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
For asynchronous events originating from the device, like perf event
output, we need to be able to make sure that objects being referred
to by the FW message are valid on the host. FW events can get queued
and reordered. Even if we had a FW message "barrier" we should still
protect ourselves from bogus FW output.
Add a reverse-mapping hash table and record in it all raw map pointers
FW may refer to. Only record neutral maps, i.e. perf event arrays.
These are currently the only objects FW can refer to. Use RCU protection
on the read side, update side is under RTNL.
Since program vs map destruction order is slightly painful for offload
simply take an extra reference on all the recorded maps to make sure
they don't disappear.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Firmware requires that the ttl value for an encapsulating ipv4 tunnel
header be included as an action field. Prior to the support of Geneve
tunnel encap (when ttl set was removed completely), ttl value was
extracted from the tunnel key. However, tests have shown that this can
still produce a ttl of 0.
Fix the issue by setting the namespace default value for each new tunnel.
Follow up patch for net-next will do a full route lookup.
Fixes: 3ca3059dc3 ("nfp: flower: compile Geneve encap actions")
Fixes: b27d6a95a7 ("nfp: compile flower vxlan tunnel set actions")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For very very old generation of the management FW Ethernet port
information table may theoretically not be available. This in
turn will cause the nfp_port structures to not be allocated.
Make sure we don't crash the kernel when there is no eth_tbl:
RIP: 0010:nfp_net_pci_probe+0xf2/0xb40 [nfp]
...
Call Trace:
nfp_pci_probe+0x6de/0xab0 [nfp]
local_pci_probe+0x47/0xa0
work_for_cpu_fn+0x1a/0x30
process_one_work+0x1de/0x3e0
Found while working with broken/development version of management FW.
Fixes: a5950182c0 ("nfp: map mac_stats and vf_cfg BARs")
Fixes: 93da7d9660 ("nfp: provide nfp_port to of nfp_net_get_mac_addr()")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-04-27
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add extensive BPF helper description into include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
and a new script bpf_helpers_doc.py which allows for generating a
man page out of it. Thus, every helper in BPF now comes with proper
function signature, detailed description and return code explanation,
from Quentin.
2) Migrate the BPF collect metadata tunnel tests from BPF samples over
to the BPF selftests and further extend them with v6 vxlan, geneve
and ipip tests, simplify the ipip tests, improve documentation and
convert to bpf_ntoh*() / bpf_hton*() api, from William.
3) Currently, helpers that expect ARG_PTR_TO_MAP_{KEY,VALUE} can only
access stack and packet memory. Extend this to allow such helpers
to also use map values, which enabled use cases where value from
a first lookup can be directly used as a key for a second lookup,
from Paul.
4) Add a new helper bpf_skb_get_xfrm_state() for tc BPF programs in
order to retrieve XFRM state information containing SPI, peer
address and reqid values, from Eyal.
5) Various optimizations in nfp driver's BPF JIT in order to turn ADD
and SUB instructions with negative immediate into the opposite
operation with a positive immediate such that nfp can better fit
small immediates into instructions. Savings in instruction count
up to 4% have been observed, from Jakub.
6) Add the BPF prog's gpl_compatible flag to struct bpf_prog_info
and add support for dumping this through bpftool, from Jiri.
7) Move the BPF sockmap samples over into BPF selftests instead since
sockmap was rather a series of tests than sample anyway and this way
this can be run from automated bots, from John.
8) Follow-up fix for bpf_adjust_tail() helper in order to make it work
with generic XDP, from Nikita.
9) Some follow-up cleanups to BTF, namely, removing unused defines from
BTF uapi header and renaming 'name' struct btf_* members into name_off
to make it more clear they are offsets into string section, from Martin.
10) Remove test_sock_addr from TEST_GEN_PROGS in BPF selftests since
not run directly but invoked from test_sock_addr.sh, from Yonghong.
11) Remove redundant ret assignment in sample BPF loader, from Wang.
12) Add couple of missing files to BPF selftest's gitignore, from Anders.
There are two trivial merge conflicts while pulling:
1) Remove samples/sockmap/Makefile since all sockmap tests have been
moved to selftests.
2) Add both hunks from tools/testing/selftests/bpf/.gitignore to the
file since git should ignore all of them.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a flower rule has a repr both as ingress and egress port then 2
callbacks may be generated for the same rule request.
Add an indicator to each flow as to whether or not it was added from an
ingress registered cb. If so then ignore add/del/stat requests to it from
an egress cb.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When multiple netdevs are attached to a tc offload block and register for
callbacks, a rule added to the block will be propogated to all netdevs.
Previously these were detected as duplicates (based on cookie) and
rejected. Modify the rule nfp lookup function to optionally include an
ingress netdev and a host context along with the cookie value when
searching for a rule. When a new rule is passed to the driver, the netdev
the rule is to be attached to is considered when searching for dublicates.
When a stats update is received from HW, the host context is used
alongside the cookie to map to the correct host rule.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To aid debugging of performance issues caused by limited PCIe
bandwidth print the PCIe link information on probe.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP locks record the owner when held, for PCIe devices the owner
ID will be the PCIe link number. When driver loads it should scan
known locks and if they indicate that they are held by local
endpoint but the driver doesn't hold them - release them.
Locks can be left taken for instance when kernel gets kexec-ed or
after a crash. Management FW tries to clean up stale locks too,
but it currently depends on PCIe link going down which doesn't
always happen.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Comparison instruction requires a subtraction. If the constant
is negative we are more likely to fit it into a NFP instruction
directly if we change the sign and use addition.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
There are quite a few compare instructions now, use a table
to translate BPF instruction code to NFP instruction parameters
instead of parameterizing helpers. This saves LOC and makes
future extensions easier.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP instruction set can fit small immediates into the instruction.
Negative integers, however, will never fit because they will have
highest bit set. If we swap the ALU op between ADD and SUB and
negate the constant we have a better chance of fitting small negative
integers into the instruction itself and saving one or two cycles.
immed[gprB_21, 0xfffffffc]
alu[gprA_4, gprA_4, +, gprB_21], gpr_wrboth
immed[gprB_21, 0xffffffff]
alu[gprA_5, gprA_5, +carry, gprB_21], gpr_wrboth
now becomes:
alu[gprA_4, gprA_4, -, 4], gpr_wrboth
alu[gprA_5, gprA_5, -carry, 0], gpr_wrboth
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
w/ bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper xdp's data_end pointer could be changed as
well (only "decrease" of pointer's location is going to be supported).
changing of this pointer will change packet's size.
for nfp driver we will just calculate packet's length unconditionally
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita V. Shirokov <tehnerd@tehnerd.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Introduce a second skb list for handling control messages and limit the
number of allowed messages. Some control messages are considered more
crucial than others, resulting in the need for a second skb list. By
splitting the list into a separate high and low priority list we can
ensure that messages on the high list get added to the head of the list
that gets processed, this however has no functional impact. Previously
there was no limit on the number of messages allowed on the queue, this
could result in the queue growing boundlessly and eventually the host
running out of memory.
Fixes: b985f870a5 ("nfp: process control messages in workqueue in flower app")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we processed the route ack control messages in the workqueue,
this unnecessarily loads the workqueue. We can deal with these messages
sooner as we know we are going to drop them.
Fixes: 8e6a9046b6 ("nfp: flower vxlan neighbour offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When waiting for an NFP mutex is interrupted print a message
to make root causing later error messages easier.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently allow signals to interrupt the wait for management FW
commands. Exiting the wait should not cause trouble, the FW will
just finish executing the command in the background and new commands
will wait for the old one to finish.
However, this may not be what users expect (Ctrl-C not actually stopping
the command). Moreover some systems routinely request link information
with signals pending (Ubuntu 14.04 runs a landscape-sysinfo python tool
from MOTD) worrying users with errors like these:
nfp 0000:04:00.0: nfp_nsp: Error -512 waiting for code 0x0007 to start
nfp 0000:04:00.0: nfp: reading port table failed -512
Make the wait for management FW responses non-interruptible.
Fixes: 1a64821c6a ("nfp: add support for service processor access")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NSP default buffer is a piece of NFP memory where additional
command data can be placed. Its format has been copied from
host buffer, but the PCIe selection bits do not make sense in
this case. If those get masked out from a NFP address - writes
to random place in the chip memory may be issued and crash the
device.
Even in the general NSP buffer case, it doesn't make sense to have the
PCIe selection bits there anymore. These are unused at the moment, and
when it becomes necessary, the PCIe selection bits should rather be
moved to another register to utilise more bits for the buffer address.
This has never been an issue because the buffer used to be
allocated in memory with less-than-38-bit-long address but that
is about to change.
Fixes: 1a64821c6a ("nfp: add support for service processor access")
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently counting packets with CHECKSUM_COMPLETE as
"hw_rx_csum_ok". This is confusing. Add a new counter.
To make sure it fits in the same cacheline move the less used
error counter to a different location.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-31
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add raw BPF tracepoint API in order to have a BPF program type that
can access kernel internal arguments of the tracepoints in their
raw form similar to kprobes based BPF programs. This infrastructure
also adds a new BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN command to BPF syscall which
returns an anon-inode backed fd for the tracepoint object that allows
for automatic detach of the BPF program resp. unregistering of the
tracepoint probe on fd release, from Alexei.
2) Add new BPF cgroup hooks at bind() and connect() entry in order to
allow BPF programs to reject, inspect or modify user space passed
struct sockaddr, and as well a hook at post bind time once the port
has been allocated. They are used in FB's container management engine
for implementing policy, replacing fragile LD_PRELOAD wrapper
intercepting bind() and connect() calls that only works in limited
scenarios like glibc based apps but not for other runtimes in
containerized applications, from Andrey.
3) BPF_F_INGRESS flag support has been added to sockmap programs for
their redirect helper call bringing it in line with cls_bpf based
programs. Support is added for both variants of sockmap programs,
meaning for tx ULP hooks as well as recv skb hooks, from John.
4) Various improvements on BPF side for the nfp driver, besides others
this work adds BPF map update and delete helper call support from
the datapath, JITing of 32 and 64 bit XADD instructions as well as
offload support of bpf_get_prandom_u32() call. Initial implementation
of nfp packet cache has been tackled that optimizes memory access
(see merge commit for further details), from Jakub and Jiong.
5) Removal of struct bpf_verifier_env argument from the print_bpf_insn()
API has been done in order to prepare to use print_bpf_insn() soon
out of perf tool directly. This makes the print_bpf_insn() API more
generic and pushes the env into private data. bpftool is adjusted
as well with the print_bpf_insn() argument removal, from Jiri.
6) Couple of cleanups and prep work for the upcoming BTF (BPF Type
Format). The latter will reuse the current BPF verifier log as
well, thus bpf_verifier_log() is further generalized, from Martin.
7) For bpf_getsockopt() and bpf_setsockopt() helpers, IPv4 IP_TOS read
and write support has been added in similar fashion to existing
IPv6 IPV6_TCLASS socket option we already have, from Nikita.
8) Fixes in recent sockmap scatterlist API usage, which did not use
sg_init_table() for initialization thus triggering a BUG_ON() in
scatterlist API when CONFIG_DEBUG_SG was enabled. This adds and
uses a small helper sg_init_marker() to properly handle the affected
cases, from Prashant.
9) Let the BPF core follow IDR code convention and therefore use the
idr_preload() and idr_preload_end() helpers, which would also help
idr_alloc_cyclic() under GFP_ATOMIC to better succeed under memory
pressure, from Shaohua.
10) Last but not least, a spelling fix in an error message for the
BPF cookie UID helper under BPF sample code, from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trigger a port mod message to request an MTU change on the NIC when any
physical port representor is assigned a new MTU value. The driver waits
10 msec for an ack that the FW has set the MTU. If no ack is received the
request is rejected and an appropriate warning flagged.
Rather than maintain an MTU queue per repr, one is maintained per app.
Because the MTU ndo is protected by the rtnl lock, there can never be
contention here. Portmod messages from the NIC are also protected by
rtnl so we first check if the portmod is an ack and, if so, handle outside
rtnl and the cmsg work queue.
Acks are detected by the marking of a bit in a portmod response. They are
then verfied by checking the port number and MTU value expected by the
app. If the expected MTU is 0 then no acks are currently expected.
Also, ensure that the packet headroom reserved by the flower firmware is
considered when accepting an MTU change on any repr.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the 'change_mtu' app callback to 'check_mtu'. This is called
whenever an MTU change is requested on a netdev. It can reject the
change but is not responsible for implementing it.
Introduce a new 'repr_change_mtu' app callback that is hit when the MTU
of a repr is to be changed. This is responsible for performing the MTU
change and verifying it.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When FW responds with a message of wrong size or type make sure
the type is checked first and included in the wrong size message.
This makes it easier to figure out which FW command failed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
NFP has a prng register, which we can read to obtain a u32 worth
of pseudo random data. Generate code for it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Allow atomic add to be used even when the value is not guaranteed
to fit into a 16 bit immediate. This requires the value to be pulled
as data, and therefore use of a transfer register and a context swap.
Track the information about possible lengths of the value, if it's
guaranteed to be larger than 16bits don't generate the code for the
optimized case at all.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Allow callers to control the delay slots of commands, instead of
giving them just a wait/nowait choice.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Implement atomic add operation for 32 and 64 bit values. Depend
on the verifier to ensure alignment. Values have to be kept in
big endian and swapped upon read/write. For now only support
atomic add of a constant.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Support calling map_delete_elem() FW helper from the datapath
programs. For JIT checks and code are basically equivalent
to map lookups. Similarly to other map helper key must be on
the stack. Different pointer types are left for future extension.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Support calling map_update_elem() from the datapath programs
by calling into FW-provided helper. Value pointer is passed
in LM pointer #2. Keeping track of old state for arg3 is not
necessary, since LM pointer #2 will be always loaded in this
case, the trivial optimization for value at the bottom of the
stack can't be done here.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add a verifier helper for performing the basic state checks
before a call to a map helper.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Our implementation has restriction on stack pointers for function
calls. Move the common checks into a helper for reuse. The state
has to be encapsulated into a structure to support parameters
other than BPF_REG_2.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
We will reuse most of map call code gen for other map calls.
Rename the lookup gen function and use meta->func_id instead
of hard-coding lookup.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch is the front end of this optimisation, it detects and marks
those packet reads that could be cached. Then the optimisation "backend"
will be activated automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch add the support for unaligned read offset, i.e. the read offset
to the start of packet cache area is not aligned to REG_WIDTH. In this
case, the read area might across maximum three transfer-in registers.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch assumes there is a packet data cache, and would try to read
packet data from the cache instead of from memory.
This patch only implements the optimisation "backend", it doesn't build
the packet data cache, so this optimisation is not enabled.
This patch has only enabled aligned packet data read, i.e. when the read
offset to the start of cache is REG_WIDTH aligned.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Implement ip fragmentation match offloading for both IPv4 and IPv6. Allows
offloading frag, nofrag, first and nofirstfrag classification.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactored shared ip header code for IPv4 and IPv6 in match offload.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefer the direct use of octal for permissions.
Done with checkpatch -f --types=SYMBOLIC_PERMS --fix-inplace
and some typing.
Miscellanea:
o Whitespace neatening around these conversions.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP program allocation length is in bytes and NFP program length
is in instructions, fix the comparison of the two.
Fixes: 9314c442d7 ("nfp: bpf: move translation prepare to offload.c")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The AMDA0099-0001 platform can support the 1x10G + 1x25G mixed mode
operation. Recently, firmware has been added for this configuration
mode.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to build separate objects we need to provide
Kbuild with a Makefile in each directory.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement tcp flag match offloading. Current tcp flag match support include
FIN, SYN, RST, PSH and URG flags, other flags are unsupported. The PSH and
URG flags are only set in the hardware fast path when used in combination
with the SYN, RST and PSH flags.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfp_net_ctrl.h file used spaces for indentation in the past but
tabs have crept in. Host driver files use tabs for indentation by
default, so let's convert to tabs for consistency across the file
and our drivers.
Signed-off-by: Michael Rapson <michael.rapson@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-02-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Two fixes for BPF sockmap in order to break up circular map references
from programs attached to sockmap, and detaching related sockets in
case of socket close() event. For the latter we get rid of the
smap_state_change() and plug into ULP infrastructure, which will later
also be used for additional features anyway such as TX hooks. For the
second issue, dependency chain is broken up via map release callback
to free parse/verdict programs, all from John.
2) Fix a libbpf relocation issue that was found while implementing XDP
support for Suricata project. Issue was that when clang was invoked
with default target instead of bpf target, then various other e.g.
debugging relevant sections are added to the ELF file that contained
relocation entries pointing to non-BPF related sections which libbpf
trips over instead of skipping them. Test cases for libbpf are added
as well, from Jesper.
3) Various misc fixes for bpftool and one for libbpf: a small addition
to libbpf to make sure it recognizes all standard section prefixes.
Then, the Makefile in bpftool/Documentation is improved to explicitly
check for rst2man being installed on the system as we otherwise risk
installing empty man pages; the man page for bpftool-map is corrected
and a set of missing bash completions added in order to avoid shipping
bpftool where the completions are only partially working, from Quentin.
4) Fix applying the relocation to immediate load instructions in the
nfp JIT which were missing a shift, from Jakub.
5) Two fixes for the BPF kernel selftests: handle CONFIG_BPF_JIT_ALWAYS_ON=y
gracefully in test_bpf.ko module and mark them as FLAG_EXPECTED_FAIL
in this case; and explicitly delete the veth devices in the two tests
test_xdp_{meta,redirect}.sh before dismantling the netnses as when
selftests are run in batch mode, then workqueue to handle destruction
might not have finished yet and thus veth creation in next test under
same dev name would fail, from Yonghong.
6) Fix test_kmod.sh to check the test_bpf.ko module path before performing
an insmod, and fallback to modprobe. Especially the latter is useful
when having a device under test that has the modules installed instead,
from Naresh.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DKMS and similar out-of-tree module replacement services use
module version to make sure the out-of-tree software is not
older than the module shipped with the kernel. We use the
kernel version in ethtool -i output, put it into MODULE_VERSION
as well.
Reported-by: Jan Gutter <jan.gutter@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most FWs limit the number of TSO segments a frame can produce
to 64. This is for fairness and efficiency (of FW datapath)
reasons. If a frame with larger number of segments is submitted
the FW will drop it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All netdevs which can accept TC offloads must implement
.ndo_set_features(). nfp_reprs currently do not do that, which
means hw-tc-offload can be turned on and off even when offloads
are active.
Whether the offloads are active is really a question to nfp_ports,
so remove the per-app tc_busy callback indirection thing, and
simply count the number of offloaded items in nfp_port structure.
Fixes: 8a2768732a ("nfp: provide infrastructure for offloading flower based TC filters")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_port is a structure which represents an ASIC port, both
PCIe vNIC (on a PF or a VF) or the external MAC port. vNIC
netdev (struct nfp_net) and pure representor netdev (struct
nfp_repr) both have a pointer to this structure. nfp_reprs
always have a port associated. nfp_nets, however, only represent
a device port in legacy mode, where they are considered the
MAC port. In switchdev mode they are just the CPU's side of
the PCIe link.
By definition TC offloads only apply to device ports. Don't
set the flag on vNICs without a port (i.e. in switchdev mode).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upcoming changes will require all netdevs supporting TC offloads
to have a full struct nfp_port. Require those for BPF offload.
The operation without management FW reporting information about
Ethernet ports is something we only support for very old and very
basic NIC firmwares anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Immed relocation is missing a shift which means for larger
offsets the lower and higher part of the address would be
ORed together.
Fixes: ce4ebfd859 ("nfp: bpf: add helpers for updating immediate instructions")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Commit 84ce5b9877 ("scripts: kernel-doc: improve nested logic to
handle multiple identifiers") improved the handling of nested structure
definitions in scripts/kernel-doc, and changed the expected format of
documentation. This causes new warnings to appear on W=1 builds.
Only comment changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data pointer in the config space TLV parser already includes
NFP_NET_CFG_TLV_BASE, it should not be added again. Incorrect
offset values were only used in printed user output, rendering
the bug merely cosmetic.
Fixes: 73a0329b05 ("nfp: add TLV capabilities to the BAR")
Signed-off-by: Edwin Peer <edwin.peer@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of tc_cls_can_offload_and_chain0() to set extack msg in case
ethtool tc offload flag is not set or chain unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL instead of 0 when num_vfs above
limit_vfs, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 0dc7862191 ("nfp: handle SR-IOV already enabled when driver is probing")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix bug that causes _absolute_ rtsym sizes of > 8 bytes (as per symbol
table) to result in incorrect space used during a TLV-based debug dump.
Detail: The size calculation stage calculates the correct size (size of
the rtsym address field == 8), while the dump uses the size in the table
to calculate the TLV size to reserve. Symbols with size <= 8 are handled
OK due to aligning sizes to 8, but including any absolute symbol with
listed size > 8 leads to an ENOSPC error during the dump.
Fixes: da762863ed ("nfp: fix absolute rtsym handling in debug dump")
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the recently added extack support for eBPF offload in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass a pointer to an extack object to nfp_app_xdp_offload() in order to
prepare for extack usage in the nfp driver. Next step will be to forward
this extack pointer to nfp_net_bpf_offload(), once this function is able
to use it for printing error messages.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously it was possible to interrupt processing stats updates because
they were handled in a work queue. Interrupting the stats updates could
lead to a situation where we backup the control message queue. This patch
moves the stats update processing out of the work queue to be processed as
soon as hardware sends a request.
Reported-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-19
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) bpf array map HW offload, from Jakub.
2) support for bpf_get_next_key() for LPM map, from Yonghong.
3) test_verifier now runs loaded programs, from Alexei.
4) xdp cpumap monitoring, from Jesper.
5) variety of tests, cleanups and small x64 JIT optimization, from Daniel.
6) user space can now retrieve HW JITed program, from Jiong.
Note there is a minor conflict between Russell's arm32 JIT fixes
and removal of bpf_jit_enable variable by Daniel which should
be resolved by keeping Russell's comment and removing that variable.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF firmware currently exposes IRQ moderation capability.
The driver will make use of it by default, inserting 50 usec
delay to every control message exchange. This cuts the number
of messages per second we can exchange by almost half.
None of the other capabilities make much sense for BPF control
vNIC, either. Disable them all.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most vNIC capabilities are netdev related. It makes no sense
to initialize them and waste FW resources. Some are even
counter-productive, like IRQ moderation, which will slow
down exchange of control messages.
Add to nfp_app a mask of enabled control vNIC capabilities
for apps to use. Make flower and BPF enable all capabilities
for now. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_init() is a little long and we are about to add more
code to reading capabilties. Move the capability reading,
parsing and validating out. Only actual initialization
will stay in nfp_net_init().
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow specifying alternative vNIC mailbox location in TLV caps.
This way we can size the mailbox to the needs and not necessarily
waste 512B of ctrl memory space.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCIe island clock frequency is used when converting coalescing
parameters from usecs to NFP timestamps. Most chips don't run
at 1200MHz, allow FW to provide us with the real frequency.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP is entirely programmable, including the PCI data interface.
Using a fixed control BAR layout certainly makes implementations
easier, but require careful considerations when space is allocated.
Once BAR area is allocated to one feature nothing else can use it.
Allocating space statically also requires it to be sized upfront,
which leads to either unnecessary limitation or wastage.
We currently have a 32bit capability word defined which tells drivers
which application FW features are supported. Most of the bits
are exhausted. The same bits are also reused for enabling specific
features. Bulk of capabilities don't have a need for an enable bit,
however, leading to confusion and wastage.
TLVs seems like a better fit for expressing capabilities of applications
running on programmable hardware.
This patch leaves the front of the BAR as is, and declares a TLV
capability start at offset 0x58. Most of the space up to 0x0d90
is already allocated, but the used space can be wrapped with RESERVED
TLVs. E.g.:
Address Type Length
0x0058 RESERVED 0xe00 /* Wrap basic structures */
0x0e5c FEATURE_A 0x004
0x0e64 FEATURE_B 0x004
0x0e6c RESERVED 0x990 /* Wrap qeueue stats */
0x1800 FEATURE_C 0x100
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When driver app matching loaded FW is not found users are faced with:
nfp: failed to find app with ID 0x%02x
This message does not properly explain that matching driver code is
either not built into the driver or the driver is too old.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Representors are grouped in sets by type. Currently the whole
sets are under RCU protection, but individual representor pointers
are not. This causes some inconveniences when representors have
to be destroyed, because we have to allocate new sets to remove
any representors. Protect the individual pointers with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The write side of repr tables is always done under pf->lock.
Add a helper to dereference repr table pointers under protection
of that lock.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink used to have two global locks: devlink lock and port lock,
our lock ordering looked like this:
devlink lock -> driver's pf->lock -> devlink port lock
After recent changes port lock was replaced with per-instance
lock. Unfortunately, new per-instance lock is taken on most
operations now. This means we can only grab the pf->lock from
the port split/unsplit ops. Lock ordering looks like this:
devlink lock -> driver's pf->lock -> devlink instance lock
Since we can't take pf->lock from most devlink ops, make sure
nfp_apps are prepared to service them as soon as devlink is
registered. Locking the pf must be pushed down after
nfp_app_init() callback.
The init order looks like this:
nfp_app_init
devlink_register
nfp_app_start
netdev/port_register
As soon as app_init is done nfp_apps must be ready to service
devlink-related callbacks. apps can only register their own
devlink objects from nfp_app_start.
Fixes: 2406e7e546 ("devlink: Add per devlink instance lock")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP app is currently shut down as soon as all the vNICs are gone.
This means we can't depend on the app existing throughout the
lifetime of the device. Free the app only from PCI remove path.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the helpers for accessing 4 or 8 byte values over
the CPP bus return the length of IO on success. If the IO
was short caller has to deal with error handling. The short
IO for 4/8B values is completely impractical. Make the
helpers return an error if full access was not possible.
Fix the few places which are actually dealing with errors
correctly, most call sites already only deal with negative
return codes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Scheduling out and in for every FW message can slow us down
unnecessarily. Our experiments show that even under heavy load
the FW responds to 99.9% messages within 200 us. Add a short
busy wait before entering the wait queue.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The special handling of different map types is left to the driver.
Allow offload of array maps by simply adding it to accepted types.
For nfp we have to make sure array elements are not deleted.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This patch set those new jit info fields introduced in this patch set.
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
If an eBPF instruction is unknown to the driver JIT compiler, we can
reject the program at verification time.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Use the verifier log to output error messages if map lookup
can't be offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
sts variable is holding link speed as well as state. We should
be using ls to index into ls_to_ethtool.
Fixes: 265aeb511b ("nfp: add support for .get_link_ksettings()")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Plug in to the stack's map offload callbacks for BPF map offload.
Get next call needs some special handling on the FW side, since
we can't send a NULL pointer to the FW there is a get first entry
FW command.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Map memory needs to use 40 bit addressing. Add handling of such
accesses. Since 40 bit addresses are formed by using both 32 bit
operands we need to pre-calculate the actual address instead of
adding in the offset inside the instruction, like we did in 32 bit
mode.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Verify our current constraints on the location of the key are
met and generate the code for calling map lookup on the datapath.
New relocation types have to be added - for helpers and return
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Immediate loads are used to load the return address of a helper.
We need to be able to update those loads for relocations.
Immediate loads can be slightly more complex and spread over
two instructions in general, but here we only care about simple
loads of small (< 65k) constants, so complex cases are not handled.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
For map support we will need to send and receive control messages.
Add basic support for sending a message to FW, and waiting for a
reply.
Control messages are tagged with a 16 bit ID. Add a simple ID
allocator and make sure we don't allow too many messages in flight,
to avoid request <> reply mismatches.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
To be able to split code into reasonable chunks we need to add
the map data structures already. Later patches will add code
piece by piece.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
With map offload coming, we need to call program offload structure
something less ambiguous. Pure rename, no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
BPF alignment tests got a conflict because the registers
are output as Rn_w instead of just Rn in net-next, and
in net a fixup for a testcase prohibits logical operations
on pointers before using them.
Also, we should attempt to patch BPF call args if JIT always on is
enabled. Instead, if we fail to JIT the subprogs we should pass
an error back up and fail immediately.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link state and exception interrupts may be masked when we probe.
The firmware should in theory prevent sending (and automasking) those
interrupts if the device is disabled, but if my reading of the FW code
is correct there are firmwares out there with race conditions in this
area. The interrupt may also be masked if previous driver which used
the device was malfunctioning and we didn't load the FW (there is no
other good way to comprehensively reset the PF).
Note that FW unmasks the data interrupts by itself when vNIC is
enabled, such helpful operation is not performed for LSC/EXN interrupts.
Always unmask the auxiliary interrupts after request_irq(). On the
remove path add missing PCI write flush before free_irq().
Fixes: 4c3523623d ("net: add driver for Netronome NFP4000/NFP6000 NIC VFs")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that `bpf_verifier_log_write()` is exported from the verifier and
makes it possible to reuse the verifier log to print messages to the
standard output, use this instead of the kernel logs in the nfp driver
for printing error messages occurring at verification time.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This patch adds signed jump instructions (jsgt, jsge, jslt, jsle)
to the nfp jit. As well as adding the additional required raw
assembler branch mask to nfp_asm.h
Signed-off-by: Nic Viljoen <nick.viljoen@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Instead of having an app callback per message type hand off
all offload-related handling to apps with one "rest of ndo_bpf"
callback.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
To make absolute relocated branches (branches which will be completely
rewritten with br_set_offset()) distinguishable in user space dumps
from normal jumps add a large offset to them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The translator pre-allocates a buffer of maximal program size.
Due to HW/FW limitations the program buffer can't currently be
longer than 128Kb, so we used to kmalloc() it, and then map for
DMA directly.
Now that the late branch resolution is copying the program image
anyway, we can just kvmalloc() the buffer. While at it, after
translation reallocate the buffer to save space.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Don't translate the program assuming it will be loaded at a given
address. This will be required for sharing programs between ports
of the same NIC, tail calls and subprograms. It will also make the
jump targets easier to understand when dumping the program to user
space.
Translate the program as if it was going to be loaded at address
zero. When load happens add the load offset in and set addresses
of special branches.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In preparation for better handling of relocations move existing
helper for setting branch offset to nfp_asm.c and add two more.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Jump target resolution should be in jit.c not offload.c.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
TC BPF offload was added first, so we used to assume that
the ethtool TC HW offload flag cannot be touched whenever
any BPF program is loaded on the NIC. This unncessarily
limits changes to the TC flag when offloaded program is XDP.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
When BPF offload is active we need may need to restrict the MTU
changes more than just to the limitation of the kernel XDP datapath.
Allow the BPF code to veto a MTU change.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Kernel enforces the alignment of the bottom of the stack, NFP
deals with positive offsets better so we should align the top
of the stack. Round the stack size to NFP word size (4B).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
We should use % instead of @ for documenting preprocessor defines.
Add missing documentation of __NFP_REPR_TYPE_MAX. This gets rid
of all remaining kdoc warnings in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Some RX rings are used for control messages, those will not have
a netdev pointer in dp. Skip XDP rxq handling on those rings.
Fixes: 7f1c684a89 ("nfp: setup xdp_rxq_info")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a start of a framework for extending struct xdp_buff without
having the overhead of populating every data at runtime. Idea
is to have a new per-queue struct xdp_rxq_info that holds read
mostly data (currently that is, queue number and a pointer to
the corresponding netdev) which is set up during rxqueue config
time. When a XDP program is invoked, struct xdp_buff holds a
pointer to struct xdp_rxq_info that the BPF program can then
walk. The user facing BPF program that uses struct xdp_md for
context can use these members directly, and the verifier rewrites
context access transparently by walking the xdp_rxq_info and
net_device pointers to load the data, from Jesper.
2) Redo the reporting of offload device information to user space
such that it works in combination with network namespaces. The
latter is reported through a device/inode tuple as similarly
done in other subsystems as well (e.g. perf) in order to identify
the namespace. For this to work, ns_get_path() has been generalized
such that the namespace can be retrieved not only from a specific
task (perf case), but also from a callback where we deduce the
netns (ns_common) from a netdevice. bpftool support using the new
uapi info and extensive test cases for test_offload.py in BPF
selftests have been added as well, from Jakub.
3) Add two bpftool improvements: i) properly report the bpftool
version such that it corresponds to the version from the kernel
source tree. So pick the right linux/version.h from the source
tree instead of the installed one. ii) fix bpftool and also
bpf_jit_disasm build with bintutils >= 2.9. The reason for the
build breakage is that binutils library changed the function
signature to select the disassembler. Given this is needed in
multiple tools, add a proper feature detection to the
tools/build/features infrastructure, from Roman.
4) Implement the BPF syscall command BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY for the
stacktrace map. It is currently unimplemented, but there are
use cases where user space needs to walk all stacktrace map
entries e.g. for dumping or deleting map entries w/o having to
close and recreate the map. Add BPF selftests along with it,
from Yonghong.
5) Few follow-up cleanups for the bpftool cgroup code: i) rename
the cgroup 'list' command into 'show' as we have it for other
subcommands as well, ii) then alias the 'show' command such that
'list' is accepted which is also common practice in iproute2,
and iii) remove couple of newlines from error messages using
p_err(), from Jakub.
6) Two follow-up cleanups to sockmap code: i) remove the unused
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() function and ii) only build the
sockmap infrastructure when CONFIG_INET is enabled since it's
only aware of TCP sockets at this time, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver hook points for xdp_rxq_info:
* reg : nfp_net_rx_ring_alloc
* unreg: nfp_net_rx_ring_free
In struct nfp_net_rx_ring moved member @size into a hole on 64-bit.
Thus, the size remaines the same after adding member @xdp_rxq.
Cc: oss-drivers@netronome.com
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
We currently always pass all multicast traffic through.
Only set L2MC when actually needed. Since the driver
was not making use of the capability to filter out mcast
frames, some FW projects don't implement it any more.
Don't warn users if capability is not present (like we
do for promisc flag). The lack of L2MC capability is
assumed to mean all multicast traffic goes through.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PORT_REIFY message indicates whether reprs have been created or
when they are about to be destroyed. This is necessary so firmware
can know which state the driver is in, e.g. the firmware will not send
any control messages related to ports when the reprs are destroyed.
This prevents nuisance warning messages printed whenever the firmware
sends updates for non-existent reprs.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just before a repr is cleaned up, we give the app a chance to perform
some preclean configuration while the reprs pointer is still configured
for the app.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of starting up reprs assuming that there is link, only respond
to the link state reported by firmware.
Furthermore, ensure link is down after repr netdevs are created.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow verifier instruction callbacks without any extra locking
NETDEV_UNREGISTER notification would wait on a waitqueue for verifier
to finish. This design decision was made when rtnl lock was providing
all the locking. Use the read/write lock instead and remove the
workqueue.
Verifier will now call into the offload code, so dev_ops are moved
to offload structure. Since verifier calls are all under
bpf_prog_is_dev_bound() we no longer need static inline implementations
to please builds with CONFIG_NET=n.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
After TC offloads were converted to callbacks we have no choice
but keep track of the offloaded filter in the driver.
Since this change came a little late in the release cycle
there were a number of conflicts and allocation of vNIC priv
structure seems to have slipped away in linux-next.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TC offloads were converted to callbacks we have no choice
but keep track of the offloaded filter in the driver.
The check for nn->dp.bpf_offload_xdp was a stop gap solution
to make sure failed TC offload won't disable XDP, it's no longer
necessary. nfp_net_bpf_offload() will return -EBUSY on
TC vs XDP conflicts.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf used to take care of tracking what offload state a filter
is in, i.e. it would track if offload request succeeded or not.
This information would then be used to issue correct requests to
the driver, e.g. requests for statistics only on offloaded filters,
removing only filters which were offloaded, using add instead of
replace if previous filter was not added etc.
This tracking of offload state no longer functions with the new
callback infrastructure. There could be multiple entities trying
to offload the same filter.
Throw out all the tracking and corresponding commands and simply
pass to the drivers both old and new bpf program. Drivers will
have to deal with offload state tracking by themselves.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generate rules for the NFP to encapsulate packets in Geneve tunnels. Move
the vxlan action code to generic udp tunnel actions and use core code for
both vxlan and Geneve.
Only support outputting to well known port 6081. Setting tunnel options
is not supported yet.
Only attempt to offload if the fw supports Geneve.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Compile Geneve match fields for offloading to the NFP. The addition of
Geneve overflows the 8 bit key_layer field, so apply extended metadata to
the match cmsg allowing up to 32 more key_layer fields.
Rather than adding new Geneve blocks, move the vxlan code to generic ipv4
udp tunnel structs and use these for both vxlan and Geneve.
Matches are only supported when specifically mentioning well known port
6081. Geneve tunnel options are not yet included in the match.
Only offload Geneve if the fw supports it - include check for this.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the _abi_flower_extra_features symbol from the fw which gives a 64
bit bitmap of new features (on top of the flower base support) that the fw
can offload. Store this bitmap in the priv data associated with each app.
If the symbol does not exist, set the bitmap to 0.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tunnel dest IP is required for separate offload to the NFP. It is
already verified that a dest IP must be present and must be an exact
match in the flower rule. Therefore, we can just extract the IP from the
generated offload rule and remove the unused mask variable. The function
is then no longer required to return the IP separately.
Because tun_dst is localised to tunnel matches, move the declaration to
the tunnel if branch.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2017-12-18
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Allow arbitrary function calls from one BPF function to another BPF function.
As of today when writing BPF programs, __always_inline had to be used in
the BPF C programs for all functions, unnecessarily causing LLVM to inflate
code size. Handle this more naturally with support for BPF to BPF calls
such that this __always_inline restriction can be overcome. As a result,
it allows for better optimized code and finally enables to introduce core
BPF libraries in the future that can be reused out of different projects.
x86 and arm64 JIT support was added as well, from Alexei.
2) Add infrastructure for tagging functions as error injectable and allow for
BPF to return arbitrary error values when BPF is attached via kprobes on
those. This way of injecting errors generically eases testing and debugging
without having to recompile or restart the kernel. Tags for opting-in for
this facility are added with BPF_ALLOW_ERROR_INJECTION(), from Josef.
3) For BPF offload via nfp JIT, add support for bpf_xdp_adjust_head() helper
call for XDP programs. First part of this work adds handling of BPF
capabilities included in the firmware, and the later patches add support
to the nfp verifier part and JIT as well as some small optimizations,
from Jakub.
4) The bpftool now also gets support for basic cgroup BPF operations such
as attaching, detaching and listing current BPF programs. As a requirement
for the attach part, bpftool can now also load object files through
'bpftool prog load'. This reuses libbpf which we have in the kernel tree
as well. bpftool-cgroup man page is added along with it, from Roman.
5) Back then commit e87c6bc385 ("bpf: permit multiple bpf attachments for
a single perf event") added support for attaching multiple BPF programs
to a single perf event. Given they are configured through perf's ioctl()
interface, the interface has been extended with a PERF_EVENT_IOC_QUERY_BPF
command in this work in order to return an array of one or multiple BPF
prog ids that are currently attached, from Yonghong.
6) Various minor fixes and cleanups to the bpftool's Makefile as well
as a new 'uninstall' and 'doc-uninstall' target for removing bpftool
itself or prior installed documentation related to it, from Quentin.
7) Add CONFIG_CGROUP_BPF=y to the BPF kernel selftest config file which is
required for the test_dev_cgroup test case to run, from Naresh.
8) Fix reporting of XDP prog_flags for nfp driver, from Jakub.
9) Fix libbpf's exit code from the Makefile when libelf was not found in
the system, also from Jakub.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev_bpf.flags is the input member for installing the program.
netdev_bpf.prog_flags is the output member for querying. Set
the correct one on query.
Fixes: 92f0292b35 ("net: xdp: report flags program was installed with on query")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Build bot reported warning about invalid printk formats on 32bit
architectures. Use %zu for size_t and %zd ptr diff.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
For XPB registers reads, some island IDs require special handling (e.g.
ARM island), which is already taken care of in nfp_xpb_readl(), so use
that instead of a straight CPP read.
Without this fix all "xpbm:ArmIsldXpbmMap.*" registers are reported as
0xffffffff. It has also been observed to cause a system reboot.
With this fix correct values are reported, none of which are 0xffffffff.
The values may be read using ethtool debug level 2.
# ethtool -W <netdev> 2
# ethtool -w <netdev> data dump.dat
Fixes: 0e6c4955e1 ("nfp: dump CPP, XPB and direct ME CSRs")
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In TLV-based ethtool debug dumps, don't do a CPP read for absolute
rtsyms, use the addr field in the symbol table directly as the value.
Without this fix rtsym gro_release_ring_0 is 4 bytes of zeros.
With this fix the correct value, 0x0000004a 0x00000000 is reported.
The values may be read using ethtool debug level 2.
# ethtool -W <netdev> 2
# ethtool -w <netdev> data dump.dat
Fixes: e1e798e3fd ("nfp: dump rtsyms")
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware flashing takes around 60s (specified to not take more than
70s). Prevent hogging the RTNL lock in this time and make use of the
longer timeout for the NSP command. The timeout is set to 2.5 * 70
seconds.
We only allow flashing the firmware from reprs or PF netdevs. VFs do not
have an app reference.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware flashing NSP operation takes longer to execute than the
current default timeout. We need a mechanism to set a longer timeout for
some commands. This patch adds the infrastructure to this.
The default timeout is still 30 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the program is simple and has only one adjust head call
with constant parameters, we can check that the call will
always succeed at translation time. We need to track the
location of the call and make sure parameters are always
the same. We also have to check the parameters against
datapath constraints and ETH_HLEN.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Support bpf_xdp_adjust_head(). We need to check whether the
packet offset after adjustment is within datapath's limits.
We also check if the frame is at least ETH_HLEN long (similar
to the kernel implementation).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add skeleton of verifier checks and translation handler
for call instructions. Make sure jump target resolution
will not treat them as jumps.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
BPF FW creates a run time symbol called bpf_capabilities which
contains TLV-formatted capability information. Allocate app
private structure to store parsed capabilities and add a skeleton
of parsing logic.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Allow users outside of core reading area sizes. This was not needed
previously because whatever entity created the area would usually know
what size it asked for. The nfp_rtsym_map() helper, however, will
allocate the area based on the size of an RT-symbol with given name.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Convert the requested dump level parameter to big-endian at the start of
nfp_net_dump_calculate_size() and nfp_net_dump_populate_buffer(), then
compare and assign it directly where needed in the traversal and prolog
code. This decreases the total number of conversions used.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Delete match field defines that are not supported at this time.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port matching is selected by default on every rule so remove check for it
and delete 'else' side of the statement. Remove nfp_flower_meta_one as now
it will not feature in the code. Rename nfp_flower_meta_two given that one
has been removed.
'Additional metadata' if statement can never be true so remove it as well.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the matching of mac/mpls as a default selection. These are not
necessarily set by a TC rule (unlike the port). Previously a mac/mpls
field would exist in every match and be masked out if not used. This patch
has no impact on functionality but removes unnessary memory assignment in
the match cmsg.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- The spec defines CSR address ranges for indirect ME CSRs. For Each TLV
chunk in the spec, dump a chunk that includes the spec and the data
over the defined address range.
- Each indirect CSR has 8 contexts. To read one context, first write the
context to a specific derived address, read it back, and then read the
register value.
- For each address, read and dump all 8 contexts in this manner.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- The spec defines CSR address ranges for these types.
- Dump each TLV chunk in the spec as a chunk that includes the spec and
the data over the defined address range.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump FW name as TLV, based on dump specification.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add spec TLV for hwinfo field, containing key string as data.
- Add dump TLV for hwinfo field, with data being key and value as packed
zero-terminated strings.
- If specified hwinfo field is not found, dump the spec TLV as -ENOENT
error.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Dump hwinfo as separate TLV chunk, in a packed format containing
zero-separated key and value strings.
- This provides additional debug context, if requested by the dumpspec.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Support rtsym TLVs.
- If specified rtsym is not found, dump the spec TLV as -ENOENT error.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Perform dumpspec traversals for calculating size and populating the
dump.
- Initially, wrap all spec TLVs in dump error TLVs (changed by later
patches in the series).
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use a TLV structure, with the typed chunks aligned to 8-byte sizes.
- Dump numeric fields as big-endian.
- Prolog contains the dump level.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Load the TLV-based binary specification of what needs to be included in
a dump, from the "_abi_dump_spec" rtsymbol. If the symbol is not defined,
then dumps for levels >= 1 are not supported.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Skeleton code to perform a binary debug dump via ethtoolops
"set_dump", "get_dump_flags" and "get_dump_data", i.e. the ethtool
-W/w mechanism.
- Skeleton functions for debugdump operations provided.
- An integer "dump level" can be specified, this is stored between
ethtool invocations. Dump level 0 is still the "arm.diag" resource for
backward compatibility. Other dump levels each define a set of state
information to include in the dump, driven by a spec from FW.
Signed-off-by: Carl Heymann <carl.heymann@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we swapped the tx_packets, tx_bytes and tx_dropped counters
with rx_packets, rx_bytes and rx_dropped counters, respectively. This
behaviour is correct and expected for VF representors but it should not
be swapped for physical port mac representors.
Fixes: eadfa4c3be ("nfp: add stats and xmit helpers for representors")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since day one of XDP drivers had to remember to free the program
on the remove path. This leads to code duplication and is error
prone. Make the stack query the installed programs on unregister
and if something is installed, remove the program. Freeing of
program attached to XDP generic is moved from free_netdev() as well.
Because the remove will now be called before notifiers are
invoked, BPF offload state of the program will not get destroyed
before uninstall.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Some drivers enforce that flags on program replacement and
removal must match the flags passed on install. This leaves
the possibility open to enable simultaneous loading
of XDP programs both to HW and DRV.
Allow such drivers to report the flags back to the stack.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This patch add the optimization frontend, but adding a new eBPF IR scan
pass "nfp_bpf_opt_ldst_gather".
The pass will traverse the IR to recognize the load/store pairs sequences
that come from lowering of memory copy builtins.
The gathered memory copy information will be kept in the meta info
structure of the first load instruction in the sequence and will be
consumed by the optimization backend added in the previous patches.
NOTE: a sequence with cross memory access doesn't qualify this
optimization, i.e. if one load in the sequence will load from place that
has been written by previous store. This is because when we turn the
sequence into single CPP operation, we are reading all contents at once
into NFP transfer registers, then write them out as a whole. This is not
identical with what the original load/store sequence is doing.
Detecting cross memory access for two random pointers will be difficult,
fortunately under XDP/eBPF's restrictied runtime environment, the copy
normally happen among map, packet data and stack, they do not overlap with
each other.
And for cases supported by NFP, cross memory access will only happen on
PTR_TO_PACKET. Fortunately for this, there is ID information that we could
do accurate memory alias check.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
When the gathered copy length is bigger than 32-bytes and within 128-bytes
(the maximum length a single CPP Pull/Push request can finish), the
strategy of read/write are changeed into:
* Read.
- use direct reference mode when length is within 32-bytes.
- use indirect mode when length is bigger than 32-bytes.
* Write.
- length <= 8-bytes
use write8 (direct_ref).
- length <= 32-byte and 4-bytes aligned
use write32 (direct_ref).
- length <= 32-bytes but not 4-bytes aligned
use write8 (indirect_ref).
- length > 32-bytes and 4-bytes aligned
use write32 (indirect_ref).
- length > 32-bytes and not 4-bytes aligned and <= 40-bytes
use write32 (direct_ref) to finish the first 32-bytes.
use write8 (direct_ref) to finish all remaining hanging part.
- length > 32-bytes and not 4-bytes aligned
use write32 (indirect_ref) to finish those 4-byte aligned parts.
use write8 (direct_ref) to finish all remaining hanging part.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
For NFP, we want to re-group a sequence of load/store pairs lowered from
memcpy/memmove into single memory bulk operation which then could be
accelerated using NFP CPP bus.
This patch extends the existing load/store auxiliary information by adding
two new fields:
struct bpf_insn *paired_st;
s16 ldst_gather_len;
Both fields are supposed to be carried by the the load instruction at the
head of the sequence. "paired_st" is the corresponding store instruction at
the head and "ldst_gather_len" is the gathered length.
If "ldst_gather_len" is negative, then the sequence is doing memory
load/store in descending order, otherwise it is in ascending order. We need
this information to detect overlapped memory access.
This patch then optimize memory bulk copy when the copy length is within
32-bytes.
The strategy of read/write used is:
* Read.
Use read32 (direct_ref), always.
* Write.
- length <= 8-bytes
write8 (direct_ref).
- length <= 32-bytes and is 4-byte aligned
write32 (direct_ref).
- length <= 32-bytes but is not 4-byte aligned
write8 (indirect_ref).
NOTE: the optimization should not change program semantics. The destination
register of the last load instruction should contain the same value before
and after this optimization.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
It is usual that we need to check if one BPF insn is for loading/storeing
data from/to memory.
Therefore, it makes sense to factor out related code to become common
helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add support for emitting commands with field overwrites.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
When immed is used with No-Dest, the emitter should use reg.dst instead of
reg.areg for the destination, using the latter will actually encode
register zero.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The NFP normally requires the source operands to be difference addressing
modes, but we should rule out the very special NN_REG_NONE type.
There are instruction that ignores both A/B operands, for example:
local_csr_rd
For these instructions, we might pass the same operand type, NN_REG_NONE,
for both A/B operands.
NOTE: in current NFP ISA, it is only possible for instructions with
unrestricted operands to take none operands, but in case there is new and
similar instructoin in restricted form, they would follow similar rules,
so swreg_to_restricted is updated as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
If any of the shift insns in the ld/shift sequence is jump destination,
don't do combination.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
If the mask insn in the ld/mask pair is jump destination, then don't do
combination.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP eBPF offload JIT engine is doing some instruction combine based
optimizations which however must not be safe if the combined sequences
are across basic block boarders.
Currently, there are post checks during fixing jump destinations. If the
jump destination is found to be eBPF insn that has been combined into
another one, then JIT engine will raise error and abort.
This is not optimal. The JIT engine ought to disable the optimization on
such cross-bb-border sequences instead of abort.
As there is no control flow information in eBPF infrastructure that we
can't do basic block based optimizations, this patch extends the existing
jump destination record pass to also flag the jump destination, then in
instruction combine passes we could skip the optimizations if insns in the
sequence are jump targets.
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
eBPF insns are internally organized as dual-list inside NFP offload JIT.
Random access to an insn needs to be done by either forward or backward
traversal along the list.
One place we need to do such traversal is at nfp_fixup_branches where one
traversal is needed for each jump insn to find the destination. Such
traversals could be avoided if jump destinations are collected through a
single travesal in a pre-scan pass, and such information could also be
useful in other places where jump destination info are needed.
This patch adds such jump destination collection in nfp_prog_prepare.
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This patch adds support for backward jump on NFP.
- restrictions on backward jump in various functions have been removed.
- nfp_fixup_branches now supports backward jump.
There is one thing to note, currently an input eBPF JMP insn may generate
several NFP insns, for example,
NFP imm move insn A \
NFP compare insn B --> 3 NFP insn jited from eBPF JMP insn M
NFP branch insn C /
---
NFP insn X --> 1 NFP insn jited from eBPF insn N
---
...
therefore, we are doing sanity check to make sure the last jited insn from
an eBPF JMP is a NFP branch instruction.
Once backward jump is allowed, it is possible an eBPF JMP insn is at the
end of the program. This is however causing trouble for the sanity check.
Because the sanity check requires the end index of the NFP insns jited from
one eBPF insn while only the start index is recorded before this patch that
we can only get the end index by:
start_index_of_the_next_eBPF_insn - 1
or for the above example:
start_index_of_eBPF_insn_N (which is the index of NFP insn X) - 1
nfp_fixup_branches was using nfp_for_each_insn_walk2 to expose *next* insn
to each iteration during the traversal so the last index could be
calculated from which. Now, it needs some extra code to handle the last
insn. Meanwhile, the use of walk2 is actually unnecessary, we could simply
use generic single instruction walk to do this, the next insn could be
easily calculated using list_next_entry.
So, this patch migrates the jump fixup traversal method to
*list_for_each_entry*, this simplifies the code logic a little bit.
The other thing to note is a new state variable "last_bpf_off" is
introduced to track the index of the last jited NFP insn. This is necessary
because NFP is generating special purposes epilogue sequences, so the index
of the last jited NFP insn is *not* always nfp_prog->prog_len - 1.
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Since commit 3a025e1d1c ("Add optional check for bad kernel-doc
comments") when built with W=1 build will complain about kdoc errors.
Fix the kdoc issues we have. kdoc is still confused by defines in
nfp_net_ctrl.h but those are not really errors.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2017-11-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Several BPF offloading fixes, from Jakub. Among others:
- Limit offload to cls_bpf and XDP program types only.
- Move device validation into the driver and don't make
any assumptions about the device in the classifier due
to shared blocks semantics.
- Don't pass offloaded XDP program into the driver when
it should be run in native XDP instead. Offloaded ones
are not JITed for the host in such cases.
- Don't destroy device offload state when moved to
another namespace.
- Revert dumping offload info into user space for now,
since ifindex alone is not sufficient. This will be
redone properly for bpf-next tree.
2) Fix test_verifier to avoid using bpf_probe_write_user()
helper in test cases, since it's dumping a warning into
kernel log which may confuse users when only running tests.
Switch to use bpf_trace_printk() instead, from Yonghong.
3) Several fixes for correcting ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO semantics
before it becomes uabi, from Gianluca. More specifically:
- Add a type ARG_PTR_TO_MEM_OR_NULL that is used only
by bpf_csum_diff(), where the argument is either a
valid pointer or NULL. The subsequent ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO
then enforces a valid pointer in case of non-0 size
or a valid pointer or NULL in case of size 0. Given
that, the semantics for ARG_PTR_TO_MEM in combination
with ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO are now such that in case
of size 0, the pointer must always be valid and cannot
be NULL. This fix in semantics allows for bpf_probe_read()
to drop the recently added size == 0 check in the helper
that would become part of uabi otherwise once released.
At the same time we can then fix bpf_probe_read_str() and
bpf_perf_event_output() to use ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO
instead of ARG_CONST_SIZE in order to fix recently
reported issues by Arnaldo et al, where LLVM optimizes
two boundary checks into a single one for unknown
variables where the verifier looses track of the variable
bounds and thus rejects valid programs otherwise.
4) A fix for the verifier for the case when it detects
comparison of two constants where the branch is guaranteed
to not be taken at runtime. Verifier will rightfully prune
the exploration of such paths, but we still pass the program
to JITs, where they would complain about using reserved
fields, etc. Track such dead instructions and sanitize
them with mov r0,r0. Rejection is not possible since LLVM
may generate them for valid C code and doesn't do as much
data flow analysis as verifier. For bpf-next we might
implement removal of such dead code and adjust branches
instead. Fix from Alexei.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0115552eac ("nfp: remove false positive offloads
in flower vxlan") missed adding kdoc for a new parameter
of nfp_flower_add_offload().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TC shared block changes we can't depend on correct netdev
pointer being available in cls_bpf. Move the device validation
to the driver. Core will only make sure that offloaded programs
are always attached in the driver (or in HW by the driver). We
trust that drivers which implement offload callbacks will perform
necessary checks.
Moving the checks to the driver is generally a useful thing,
in practice the check should be against a switchdev instance,
not a netdev, given that most ASICs will probably allow using
the same program on many ports.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Revert regression inducing change to the IPSEC template resolver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Peeloffs can cause the wrong sk to be waken up in SCTP, fix from Xin
Long.
3) Min packet MTU size is wrong in cpsw driver, from Grygorii Strashko.
4) Fix build failure in netfilter ctnetlink, from Arnd Bergmann.
5) ISDN hisax driver checks pnp_irq() for errors incorrectly, from
Arvind Yadav.
6) Fix fealnx driver build failure on MIPS, from Huacai Chen.
7) Fix into leak in SCTP, the scope_id of socket addresses is not
always filled in. From Eric W. Biederman.
8) MTU inheritance between physical function and representor fix in nfp
driver, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix memory leak in rsi driver, from Colin Ian King.
10) Fix expiration and generation ID handling of cached ipv4 redirect
routes, from Xin Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (40 commits)
net: usb: hso.c: remove unneeded DRIVER_LICENSE #define
ibmvnic: fix dma_mapping_error call
ipvlan: NULL pointer dereference panic in ipvlan_port_destroy
route: also update fnhe_genid when updating a route cache
route: update fnhe_expires for redirect when the fnhe exists
sctp: set frag_point in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg correctly
rsi: fix memory leak on buf and usb_reg_buf
net/netlabel: Add list_next_rcu() in rcu_dereference().
nfp: remove false positive offloads in flower vxlan
nfp: register flower reprs for egress dev offload
nfp: inherit the max_mtu from the PF netdev
nfp: fix vlan receive MAC statistics typo
nfp: fix flower offload metadata flag usage
virto_net: remove empty file 'virtio_net.'
net/sctp: Always set scope_id in sctp_inet6_skb_msgname
fealnx: Fix building error on MIPS
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_teles3
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_sedlbauer_isapnp
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_niccy
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_ix1micro
...
Pass information to the match offload on whether or not the repr is the
ingress or egress dev. Only accept tunnel matches if repr is the egress
dev.
This means rules such as the following are successfully offloaded:
tc .. add dev vxlan0 .. enc_dst_port 4789 .. action redirect dev nfp_p0
While rules such as the following are rejected:
tc .. add dev nfp_p0 .. enc_dst_port 4789 .. action redirect dev vxlan0
Also reject non tunnel flows that are offloaded to an egress dev.
Non tunnel matches assume that the offload dev is the ingress port and
offload a match accordingly.
Fixes: 611aec101a ("nfp: compile flower vxlan tunnel metadata match fields")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register a callback for offloading flows that have a repr as their egress
device. The new egdev_register function is added to net-next for the 4.15
release.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PF netdev is used for data transfer for reprs, so reprs inherit the
maximum MTU settings of the PF netdev.
Fixes: 5de73ee467 ("nfp: general representor implementation")
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct typo in vlan receive MAC stats. Previously the MAC statistics
reported in ethtool for vlan receive contained a typo resulting in ethtool
reporting rx_vlan_reveive_ok instead of rx_vlan_received_ok.
Fixes: a5950182c0 ("nfp: map mac_stats and vf_cfg BARs")
Fixes: 098ce840c9 ("nfp: report MAC statistics in ethtool")
Reported-by: Brendan Galloway <brendan.galloway@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware has no notion of new or last mask id, instead it makes use of the
message type (i.e. add flow or del flow) in combination with a single bit
in metadata flags to determine when to add or delete a mask id. Previously
we made use of the new or last flags to indicate that a new mask should be
allocated or deallocated, respectively. This incorrect behaviour is fixed
by making use single bit in metadata flags to indicate mask allocation or
deallocation.
Fixes: 43f84b72c5 ("nfp: add metadata to each flow offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc bits
- ocfs2 updates
- almost all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (131 commits)
memory hotplug: fix comments when adding section
mm: make alloc_node_mem_map a void call if we don't have CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP
mm: simplify nodemask printing
mm,oom_reaper: remove pointless kthread_run() error check
mm/page_ext.c: check if page_ext is not prepared
writeback: remove unused function parameter
mm: do not rely on preempt_count in print_vma_addr
mm, sparse: do not swamp log with huge vmemmap allocation failures
mm/hmm: remove redundant variable align_end
mm/list_lru.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/shmem.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/page_alloc.c: broken deferred calculation
mm: don't warn about allocations which stall for too long
fs: fuse: account fuse_inode slab memory as reclaimable
mm, page_alloc: fix potential false positive in __zone_watermark_ok
mm: mlock: remove lru_add_drain_all()
mm, sysctl: make NUMA stats configurable
shmem: convert shmem_init_inodecache() to void
Unify migrate_pages and move_pages access checks
mm, pagevec: rename pagevec drained field
...
As the page free path makes no distinction between cache hot and cold
pages, there is no real useful ordering of pages in the free list that
allocation requests can take advantage of. Juding from the users of
__GFP_COLD, it is likely that a number of them are the result of copying
other sites instead of actually measuring the impact. Remove the
__GFP_COLD parameter which simplifies a number of paths in the page
allocator.
This is potentially controversial but bear in mind that the size of the
per-cpu pagelists versus modern cache sizes means that the whole per-cpu
list can often fit in the L3 cache. Hence, there is only a potential
benefit for microbenchmarks that alloc/free pages in a tight loop. It's
even worse when THP is taken into account which has little or no chance
of getting a cache-hot page as the per-cpu list is bypassed and the
zeroing of multiple pages will thrash the cache anyway.
The truncate microbenchmarks are not shown as this patch affects the
allocation path and not the free path. A page fault microbenchmark was
tested but it showed no sigificant difference which is not surprising
given that the __GFP_COLD branches are a miniscule percentage of the
fault path.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171018075952.10627-9-mgorman@techsingularity.net
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@intel.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Modified netronome nfp flower action to use VLAN helper functions instead
of accessing/referencing TC act_vlan private structures directly.
Reviewed-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in the driver ethtool ops to modify the NFP FEC modes.
The FEC modes can be set for vNIC associated with physical ports or
for MAC representor netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement helpers to determine and modify FEC modes via the NSP.
The NSP advertises FEC capabilities on a per port basis and provides
support for:
* Auto mode selection
* Reed Solomon
* BaseR
* None/Off
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since it is now safe to modify link settings for representors, we can
attach the get/set link settings ndos to it. The get/set link settings
are nfp_port based operations.
If a port becomes invalid, the representor will be removed in the same
way a vnic would be.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the NSP port table has been refreshed, resync the representor state
with the new port information. At the moment, this only entails looking
for invalid ports and killing off representors associated with them.
The repr instance becomes NULL which is safe since the app accessor
function for reprs returns NULL when it cannot access a repr.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The criteria that reprs cannot be replaced with another new set of reprs
has been removed. This check is not needed since the only use case that
could exercise this at the moment, would be to modify the number of
SRIOV VFs without first disabling them. This case is explicitly
disallowed in any case and subsequent patches in this series
need to be able to replace the running set of reprs.
All cases where the return code used to be checked for the
nfp_app_reprs_set function have been removed.
As stated above, it is not possible for the current code to encounter a
case where reprs exist and need to be replaced.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent management FW images can perform full reinit of MAC cores
without requiring a reboot. When loading the driver check if there
are changes pending and if so call NSP MAC reinit. Full application
FW reload is still required, and all MACs need to be reinited at the
same time (not only the ones which have been reconfigured, and thus
potentially causing disruption to unrelated netdevs) therefore for
now changing MAC config without reloading the driver still remains
future work.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Matthias reports:
nfp_eth_set_bit_config() is marked as __always_inline to allow gcc to
identify the 'mask' parameter as known to be constant at compile time,
which is required to use the FIELD_GET() macro.
The forced inlining does the trick for gcc, but for kernel builds with
clang it results in undefined symbols:
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfpcore/nfp_nsp_eth.o: In function
`__nfp_eth_set_aneg':
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfpcore/nfp_nsp_eth.c:(.text+0x787):
undefined reference to `__compiletime_assert_492'
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfpcore/nfp_nsp_eth.c:(.text+0x7b1):
undefined reference to `__compiletime_assert_496'
These __compiletime_assert_xyx() calls would have been optimized away
if
the compiler had seen 'mask' as a constant.
Add a macro to extract the mask and shift and pass those to
nfp_eth_set_bit_config() separately.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following steps are taken in the driver to offload an XDP program:
XDP_SETUP_PROG:
* prepare:
- allocate program state;
- run verifier (bpf_analyzer());
- run translation;
* load:
- stop old program if needed;
- load program;
- enable BPF if not enabled;
* clean up:
- free program image.
With new infrastructure the flow will look like this:
BPF_OFFLOAD_VERIFIER_PREP:
- allocate program state;
BPF_OFFLOAD_TRANSLATE:
- run translation;
XDP_SETUP_PROG:
- stop old program if needed;
- load program;
- enable BPF if not enabled;
BPF_OFFLOAD_DESTROY:
- free program image.
Take advantage of the new infrastructure. Allocation of driver
metadata has to be moved from jit.c to offload.c since it's now
done at a different stage. Since there is no separate driver
private data for verification step, move temporary nfp_meta
pointer into nfp_prog. We will now use user space context
offsets.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct nfp_prog is currently only used internally by the translator.
This means there is a lot of parameter passing going on, between
the translator and different stages of offload. Simplify things
by allocating nfp_prog in offload.c already.
We will now use kmalloc() to allocate the program area and only
DMA map it for the time of loading (instead of allocating DMA
coherent memory upfront).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of offload/translation prepare logic will be moved to
offload.c. To help git generate more reasonable diffs
move nfp_prog_prepare() and nfp_prog_free() functions
there as a first step.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware supports live replacement of programs for quite some
time now. Remove the software-fallback related logic and
depend on the FW for program replace. Seamless reload will
become a requirement if maps are present, anyway.
Load and start stages have to be split now, since replace
only needs a load, start has already been done on add.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently create a fake cls_bpf offload object when we want
to offload XDP. Simplify and clarify the code by moving the
TC/XDP specific logic out of common offload code. This is easy
now that we don't support legacy TC actions. We only need the
bpf program and state of the skip_sw flag.
Temporarily set @code to NULL in nfp_net_bpf_offload(), compilers
seem to have trouble recognizing it's always initialized. Next
patches will eliminate that variable.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF offload's main header does not need to include nfp_net.h.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The register renumbering was removed and will not be coming back
in its old, naive form, given that it would be fundamentally
incompatible with calling functions. Remove the leftovers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only support BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS programs in direct
action mode. This simplifies preparing the offload since
there will now be only one mode of operation for that type
of program. We need to know the attachment mode type of
cls_bpf programs, because exit codes are interpreted
differently for legacy vs DA mode.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ndo_xdp is a control path callback for setting up XDP in the
driver. We can reuse it for other forms of communication
between the eBPF stack and the drivers. Rename the callback
and associated structures and definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
We split rvector stats into two categories - per queue and
stats which are added up into one total counter. Improve
the defines denoting their number.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a counter incremented when allocation of replacement
RX page fails.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the dev_alloc_page() networking helper to allocate pages
for RX packets.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If kernel config does not include BPF just replace the BPF
app handler with the handler for basic NIC. The BPF app
will now be built only if BPF infrastructure is selected
in kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The app table is an unordered array right now. We have to search
apps by ID. It also makes it harder to fall back to core NIC if
advanced functions are not compiled into the kernel (e.g. eBPF).
Make the table keyed by app id.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent TC changes dropped the check protecting us from trying
to offload a TC program if XDP programs are already loaded.
Fixes: 90d97315b3 ("nfp: bpf: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functions called by the netevent notifier must be in atomic context.
Change the mutex to spinlock and ensure mem allocations are done with the
atomic flag.
Also, remove unnecessary locking after notifiers are unregistered.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure priv netdev data in flower app is cast to nfp_repr and not nfp_net
as in other apps.
Fixes: 363fc53b8b ("nfp: flower: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This patch supports BPF_NEG under both BPF_ALU64 and BPF_ALU. LLVM recently
starts to generate it.
NOTE: BPF_NEG takes single operand which is an register and serve as both
input and output.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current ALU_OP_NEG is Op encoding 0x4 for NPF ALU instruction. It is
actually performing "~B" operation which is bitwise NOT.
The using naming ALU_OP_NEG is misleading as NEG is -B which is not the
same as ~B.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the verifier got progressively smarter over time and size of its internal
state grew as well. Time to reduce the memory consumption.
Before:
sizeof(struct bpf_verifier_state) = 6520
After:
sizeof(struct bpf_verifier_state) = 896
It's done by observing that majority of BPF programs use little to
no stack whereas verifier kept all of 512 stack slots ready always.
Instead dynamically reallocate struct verifier state when stack
access is detected.
Runtime difference before vs after is within a noise.
The number of processed instructions stays the same.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add message to inform the VF MAC was changed and the need to restart
the VF driver for the changes to be effective.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Cascón <pablo.cascon@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: oss-drivers@netronome.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we did not ensure that a netdev is a representative netdev
before dereferencing its private data. This can occur when an upper netdev
is created on a representative netdev. This patch corrects this by first
ensuring that the netdev is a representative netdev before using it.
Checking only switchdev_port_same_parent_id is not sufficient to ensure
that we can safely use the netdev. Failing to check that the netdev is also
a representative netdev would result in incorrect dereferencing.
Fixes: 1a1e586f54 ("nfp: add basic action capabilities to flower offloads")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Loading 64bit constants require up to 4 load immediates, since
we can only load 16 bits at a time. If the 32bit halves of
the 64bit constant are the same, however, we can save a cycle
by doing a register move instead of two loads of 16 bits.
Note that we don't optimize the normal ALU64 load because even
though it's a 64 bit load the upper half of the register is
a coming from sign extension so we can load it in one cycle
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If stack pointer has a different value on different paths
but the alignment to words (4B) remains the same, we can
set a new LMEM access pointer to the calculated value and
access whichever word it's pointing to.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To access beyond 64th byte of the stack we need to set a new
stack pointer register (LMEM is accessed indirectly through
those pointers). Add a function for encoding local CSR access
instruction. Use stack pointer number 3.
Note that stack pointer registers allow us to index into 32
bytes of LMEM (with shift operations i.e. when operands are
restricted). This means if access is crossing 32 byte boundary
we must not use offsetting, we have to set the pointer to the
exact address and move it with post-increments.
We depend on the datapath placing the stack base address in
GPR A22 for our use.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As long as the verifier tells us the stack offset exactly we
can render the LMEM reads quite easily. Simply make sure that
the offset is constant for a given instruction and add it to
the instruction's offset.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we are performing unaligned stack accesses in the 32-64B window
we have to do a read-modify-write cycle. E.g. for reading 8 bytes
from address 17:
0: tmp = stack[16]
1: gprLo = tmp >> 8
2: tmp = stack[20]
3: gprLo |= tmp << 24
4: tmp = stack[20]
5: gprHi = tmp >> 8
6: tmp = stack[24]
7: gprHi |= tmp << 24
The load on line 4 is unnecessary, because tmp already contains data
from stack[20].
For write we can optimize both loads and writebacks away.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add simple stack read support, similar to write in every aspect,
but data flowing the other way. Note that unlike write which can
be done in smaller than word quantities, if registers are loaded
with less-than-word of stack contents - the values have to be
zero extended.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stack is implemented by the LMEM register file. Unaligned accesses
to LMEM are not allowed. Accesses also have to be 4B wide.
To support stack we need to make sure offsets of pointers are known
at translation time (for now) and perform correct load/mask/shift
operations.
Since we can access first 64B of LMEM without much effort support
only stacks not bigger than 64B. Following commits will extend
the possible sizes beyond that.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_bpf_check_ptr() mostly looks at the pointer register.
Add a temporary variable to shorten the code.
While at it make sure we print error messages if translation
fails to help users identify the problem (to be carried in
ext_ack in due course).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The need to emitting a few nops will become more common soon
as we add stack and map support. Add a helper. This allows
for code to be shorter but also may be handy for marking the
nops with a "reason" to ease applying optimizations.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use direct access struct fields rather than PREP_FIELD()
macros to manipulate the jump ID and length, both of which
are exactly 8-bits wide. This simplifies the code somewhat.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for bpf offloads to block callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for flower offloads to block callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today's -next build encountered an error due to a missing definition of
WARN_ON(), caused by some header reorganization removing an implicit
inclusion of linux/bug.h. Fix this with an explicit inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for direct packet access in TC, note that because
writing the packet will cause the verifier to generate a csum
fixup prologue we won't be able to offload packet writes from
TC, just yet, only the reads will work.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds ability to write packet contents using pre-validated
packet pointers (direct packet access).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In direct packet access bound checks are already done, we can
simply dereference the packet pointer.
Verifier/parser logic needs to record pointer type. Note that
although verifier does protect us from CTX vs other pointer
changes we will also want to differentiate between PACKET vs
MAP_VALUE or STACK, so we can add the check already.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move data load into a separate function and separate it from
packet length checks of legacy I/O. This makes the code more
readable and easier to reuse.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sizes of fields in struct xdp_md/xdp_buff and some in sk_buff depend
on target architecture. Take that into account and use struct xdp_buff,
not struct xdp_md.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF is host-endian specific. Translating both BE and LE eBPF
to the NFP is feasible, but would require quite a bit of indirection.
The fact that I don't have access to any BE hosts that would fit
a 25G/40G/100G NIC is also limiting my ability to test big endian.
For now restrict the offload to little endian hosts only.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement byte swaps with rotations, shifts and byte loads.
Remember to clear upper parts of the 64 bit registers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register move operation is encoded as alu no op. This means
that one has to specify number of unused/none parameters to
the emit_alu(). Add a helper.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have BPF assemebler support in LLVM 6 we can easily
test all compare instructions (LLVM 4 didn't generate most of them
from C). Fix the compare to immediates and refactor the order
of compare to regs to make sure they both follow the same pattern.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We optimize comparisons to immediate 0 as if (reg.lo | reg.hi).
The early return statement was missing, however, which means we
would generate two comparisons - optimized one followed by a
normal 2x 32 bit compare.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ld_field instruction has the following format in NFP assembler:
ld_field[dst, 1000, src, <<24]
reoder parameters to emit_ld_field_any() to make it closer to
the familiar assembler order.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
page_address() does not handle NULL argument gracefully,
make sure we NULL-check the page pointer before passing it
to page_address().
Fixes: ecd63a0217 ("nfp: add XDP support in the driver")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The while loop fetching 64 bit ethtool statistics may have
to retry multiple times, it shouldn't modify the outside state.
Fixes: 4c3523623d ("net: add driver for Netronome NFP4000/NFP6000 NIC VFs")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ld_field instruction is a bit special because the encoding uses
two source registers and one of them becomes the output. We do
need to pass the dst register to our encoding helpers though,
otherwise the "write both banks" flag will not be observed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device expects the instructions in little endian. Make sure we
byte swap on big endian hosts.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to append up to 8 nops after last instruction to make
sure the CPU will not fetch garbage instructions with invalid
ECC if the code store was not initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the initial PoC firmware I simply disabled ECC on the instruction
store. Do the ECC calculation for generated instructions in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Datapath ABI version 2 stores the packet information in LMEM
instead of NNRs. We also have strict restrictions on which
GPRs we can use. Only GPRs 0-23 are reserved for BPF.
Adjust the static register locations and "ABI" registers.
Note that packet length is packed with other info so we have
to extract it into one of the scratch registers, OTOH since
LMEM can be used in restricted operands we don't have to
extract packet pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most instructions have special fields which allow switching
between base and extended Local Memory pointers. Introduce
those to register encoding, we will use the extra LM pointers
to access high addresses of the stack.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP LMEM is a large, indirectly accessed register file. There
are two basic indirect access registers. Each access operation
may either use offset (up to 8 or 16 words) or perform post
decrement/increment.
Add encodings of LMEM indexes as instruction operands.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to add longer OP_* defines, move the values away.
Purely whitespace commit.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Temporarily drop support for skb->mark. We are primarily focusing
on XDP offload, and implementing skb->mark on the new datapath has
lower priority.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the register renumbering optimization. To implement calling
map and other helpers we need more strict register layout. We can't
freely reassign register numbers.
This will have the effect of running in 4 context/thread mode, which
should be OK since we are moving towards integrating the BPF closer
with FW app datapath anyway, and the target datapath itself runs in
4 context mode.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add encodings of all 64bit shift operations.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the software reg helpers and some static data to nfp_asm.c.
They are related to the previous patch, but move is done in a separate
commit for ease of review.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define a new __bitwise type for software representation of registers.
This will allow us to catch incorrect parameter types using sparse.
Accessors we define also allow us to return correct enum type and
therefore ensure all switches handle all register types.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Limiting the eBPF offload to a single port was a workaround
required for the PoC application FW which has not been
released externally. It's not necessary any more.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard devlink trace point to allow tracing of control
messages.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
